Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | ---------------------- |
| 2 | HAProxy |
| 3 | Configuration Manual |
| 4 | ---------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 7915888 | 2009-06-09 11:59:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | version 1.4 |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6 | willy tarreau |
Willy Tarreau | b03d298 | 2009-07-29 22:38:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | 2009/07/27 |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | |
| 9 | |
| 10 | This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version |
| 11 | specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 12 | documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual. |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 13 | The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate |
| 14 | through the document. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | Note to documentation contributors : |
| 17 | This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of |
| 18 | spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly |
| 19 | so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be |
| 20 | printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash |
| 21 | ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the |
| 22 | summary below for easier searching. |
| 23 | |
| 24 | |
| 25 | Summary |
| 26 | ------- |
| 27 | |
| 28 | 1. Quick reminder about HTTP |
| 29 | 1.1. The HTTP transaction model |
| 30 | 1.2. HTTP request |
| 31 | 1.2.1. The Request line |
| 32 | 1.2.2. The request headers |
| 33 | 1.3. HTTP response |
| 34 | 1.3.1. The Response line |
| 35 | 1.3.2. The response headers |
| 36 | |
| 37 | 2. Configuring HAProxy |
| 38 | 2.1. Configuration file format |
| 39 | 2.2. Time format |
| 40 | |
| 41 | 3. Global parameters |
| 42 | 3.1. Process management and security |
| 43 | 3.2. Performance tuning |
| 44 | 3.3. Debugging |
| 45 | |
| 46 | 4. Proxies |
| 47 | 4.1. Proxy keywords matrix |
| 48 | 4.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference |
| 49 | |
| 50 | 5. Server options |
| 51 | |
| 52 | 6. HTTP header manipulation |
| 53 | |
| 54 | 7. Using ACLs |
| 55 | 7.1. Matching integers |
| 56 | 7.2. Matching strings |
| 57 | 7.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes) |
| 58 | 7.4. Matching IPv4 addresses |
| 59 | 7.5. Available matching criteria |
| 60 | 7.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below |
| 61 | 7.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4 |
| 62 | 7.5.3. Matching at Layer 7 |
| 63 | 7.6. Pre-defined ACLs |
| 64 | 7.7. Using ACLs to form conditions |
| 65 | |
| 66 | 8. Logging |
| 67 | 8.1. Log levels |
| 68 | 8.2. Log formats |
| 69 | 8.2.1. Default log format |
| 70 | 8.2.2. TCP log format |
| 71 | 8.2.3. HTTP log format |
| 72 | 8.3. Advanced logging options |
| 73 | 8.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests |
| 74 | 8.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate |
| 75 | 8.3.3. Raising log level upon errors |
| 76 | 8.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections |
| 77 | 8.4. Timing events |
| 78 | 8.5. Session state at disconnection |
| 79 | 8.6. Non-printable characters |
| 80 | 8.7. Capturing HTTP cookies |
| 81 | 8.8. Capturing HTTP headers |
| 82 | 8.9. Examples of logs |
| 83 | |
| 84 | 9. Statistics and monitoring |
| 85 | 9.1. CSV format |
| 86 | 9.2. Unix Socket commands |
| 87 | |
| 88 | |
| 89 | 1. Quick reminder about HTTP |
| 90 | ---------------------------- |
| 91 | |
| 92 | When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are |
| 93 | fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria |
| 94 | on almost anything found in the contents. |
| 95 | |
| 96 | However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are |
| 97 | formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write |
| 98 | correct rules and to debug existing configurations. |
| 99 | |
| 100 | |
| 101 | 1.1. The HTTP transaction model |
| 102 | ------------------------------- |
| 103 | |
| 104 | The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead |
| 105 | to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established |
| 106 | from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the |
| 107 | connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request |
| 108 | will involve a new connection : |
| 109 | |
| 110 | [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ... |
| 111 | |
| 112 | In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection |
| 113 | establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed |
| 114 | by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content |
| 115 | length. |
| 116 | |
| 117 | Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it |
| 118 | to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode |
| 119 | however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each |
| 120 | response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special |
| 121 | header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode : |
| 122 | |
| 123 | [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ... |
| 124 | |
| 125 | Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing |
| 126 | power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode, |
| 127 | but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to |
| 128 | a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode, |
| 129 | but knows how to transform it to the close mode. |
| 130 | |
| 131 | A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses |
| 132 | keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the |
| 133 | second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a |
| 134 | page : |
| 135 | |
| 136 | [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ... |
| 137 | |
| 138 | This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network |
| 139 | latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not |
| 140 | correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with |
| 141 | the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the |
| 142 | server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received. |
| 143 | |
| 144 | Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to |
| 145 | process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP |
| 146 | connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still |
| 147 | support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of |
| 148 | each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs, |
| 149 | content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence |
| 150 | with cookie insertion. |
| 151 | |
| 152 | |
| 153 | 1.2. HTTP request |
| 154 | ----------------- |
| 155 | |
| 156 | First, let's consider this HTTP request : |
| 157 | |
| 158 | Line Contents |
| 159 | number |
| 160 | 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1 |
| 161 | 2 Host: www.mydomain.com |
| 162 | 3 User-agent: my small browser |
| 163 | 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif |
| 164 | 5 Accept: image/png |
| 165 | |
| 166 | |
| 167 | 1.2.1. The Request line |
| 168 | ----------------------- |
| 169 | |
| 170 | Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields : |
| 171 | |
| 172 | - a METHOD : GET |
| 173 | - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 |
| 174 | - a version tag : HTTP/1.1 |
| 175 | |
| 176 | All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces), |
| 177 | which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns |
| 178 | followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and |
| 179 | is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it |
| 180 | desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to |
| 181 | the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression. |
| 182 | |
| 183 | The URI itself can have several forms : |
| 184 | |
| 185 | - A "relative URI" : |
| 186 | |
| 187 | /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 |
| 188 | |
| 189 | It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is |
| 190 | received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies. |
| 191 | |
| 192 | - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" : |
| 193 | |
| 194 | http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 |
| 195 | |
| 196 | It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host |
| 197 | name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then |
| 198 | a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part. |
| 199 | This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1 |
| 200 | must accept this form too. |
| 201 | |
| 202 | - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS |
| 203 | method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's |
| 204 | capabilities. |
| 205 | |
| 206 | - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80 |
| 207 | This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP |
| 208 | tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for |
| 209 | other protocols too. |
| 210 | |
| 211 | In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question |
| 212 | mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects |
| 213 | on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string". |
| 214 | It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very |
| 215 | specific to the language, framework or application in use. |
| 216 | |
| 217 | |
| 218 | 1.2.2. The request headers |
| 219 | -------------------------- |
| 220 | |
| 221 | The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the |
| 222 | beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally, |
| 223 | an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values. |
| 224 | Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the |
| 225 | values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly |
| 226 | encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if |
| 227 | the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5 |
| 228 | define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header. |
| 229 | |
| 230 | Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and |
| 231 | their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the |
| 232 | "Connection:" header). |
| 233 | |
| 234 | The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say |
| 235 | that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed |
| 236 | is one valid form of empty line. |
| 237 | |
| 238 | Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing |
| 239 | headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry |
| 240 | about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an |
| 241 | application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things. |
| 242 | |
| 243 | Important note: |
| 244 | As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks |
| 245 | in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This |
| 246 | is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work |
| 247 | correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs. |
| 248 | |
| 249 | |
| 250 | 1.3. HTTP response |
| 251 | ------------------ |
| 252 | |
| 253 | An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP |
| 254 | messages. Let's consider this HTTP response : |
| 255 | |
| 256 | Line Contents |
| 257 | number |
| 258 | 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK |
| 259 | 2 Content-length: 350 |
| 260 | 3 Content-Type: text/html |
| 261 | |
Willy Tarreau | 816b979 | 2009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 262 | As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status |
| 263 | codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the |
| 264 | response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to |
| 265 | continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be |
| 266 | carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one. |
| 267 | This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that |
| 268 | this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only). |
| 269 | HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them, |
| 270 | and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither |
| 271 | logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise. |
| 272 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 273 | |
| 274 | 1.3.1. The Response line |
| 275 | ------------------------ |
| 276 | |
| 277 | Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields : |
| 278 | |
| 279 | - a version tag : HTTP/1.1 |
| 280 | - a status code : 200 |
| 281 | - a reason : OK |
| 282 | |
| 283 | The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status : |
Willy Tarreau | 816b979 | 2009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101) |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206) |
| 286 | - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304) |
| 287 | - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404) |
| 288 | - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503) |
| 289 | |
| 290 | Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The |
| 291 | "reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be |
| 292 | found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established |
| 293 | messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found", |
| 294 | or "Authentication Required". |
| 295 | |
| 296 | Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself : |
| 297 | |
| 298 | Code When / reason |
| 299 | 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests |
| 300 | 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code |
| 301 | 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code |
| 302 | 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code |
| 303 | 400 for an invalid or too large request |
| 304 | 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when |
| 305 | accessing the stats page) |
| 306 | 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter |
| 307 | 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete |
| 308 | 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a |
| 309 | memory allocation failure, which should never happen |
| 310 | 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or |
| 311 | when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response. |
| 312 | 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to |
| 313 | monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition |
| 314 | 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds |
| 315 | |
| 316 | The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section |
| 317 | 4.2). |
| 318 | |
| 319 | |
| 320 | 1.3.2. The response headers |
| 321 | --------------------------- |
| 322 | |
| 323 | Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses |
| 324 | the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more |
| 325 | details. |
| 326 | |
| 327 | |
| 328 | 2. Configuring HAProxy |
| 329 | ---------------------- |
| 330 | |
| 331 | 2.1. Configuration file format |
| 332 | ------------------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | |
| 334 | HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters : |
| 335 | |
| 336 | - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence |
| 337 | - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters |
| 338 | - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen", |
| 339 | "frontend" and "backend". |
| 340 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 341 | The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword |
| 342 | referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters |
| 343 | delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be |
| 344 | preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be |
| 345 | escaped by doubling them. |
| 346 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 347 | |
| 348 | 2.2. Time format |
| 349 | ---------------- |
| 350 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These |
| 352 | values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated |
| 353 | otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the |
| 354 | numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated |
| 355 | for every keyword. Supported units are : |
| 356 | |
| 357 | - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second |
| 358 | - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default. |
| 359 | - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms |
| 360 | - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms |
| 361 | - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms |
| 362 | - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms |
| 363 | |
| 364 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | 3. Global parameters |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | -------------------- |
| 367 | |
| 368 | Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They |
| 369 | are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some |
| 370 | of them have command-line equivalents. |
| 371 | |
| 372 | The following keywords are supported in the "global" section : |
| 373 | |
| 374 | * Process management and security |
| 375 | - chroot |
| 376 | - daemon |
| 377 | - gid |
| 378 | - group |
| 379 | - log |
| 380 | - nbproc |
| 381 | - pidfile |
| 382 | - uid |
| 383 | - ulimit-n |
| 384 | - user |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 385 | - stats |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | |
| 387 | * Performance tuning |
| 388 | - maxconn |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | - maxpipes |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | - noepoll |
| 391 | - nokqueue |
| 392 | - nopoll |
| 393 | - nosepoll |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | - nosplice |
Willy Tarreau | fe255b7 | 2007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | - spread-checks |
Willy Tarreau | 27a674e | 2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | - tune.bufsize |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | - tune.maxaccept |
| 398 | - tune.maxpollevents |
Willy Tarreau | 27a674e | 2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | - tune.maxrewrite |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | |
| 401 | * Debugging |
| 402 | - debug |
| 403 | - quiet |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | |
| 405 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 406 | 3.1. Process management and security |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | ------------------------------------ |
| 408 | |
| 409 | chroot <jail dir> |
| 410 | Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before |
| 411 | dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown |
| 412 | vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the |
| 413 | attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started |
| 414 | with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both |
| 415 | empty and unwritable to anyone. |
| 416 | |
| 417 | daemon |
| 418 | Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of |
| 419 | operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be |
| 420 | disabled by the command line "-db" argument. |
| 421 | |
| 422 | gid <number> |
| 423 | Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group |
| 424 | ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must |
| 425 | be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges. |
| 426 | See also "group" and "uid". |
| 427 | |
| 428 | group <group name> |
| 429 | Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group. |
| 430 | See also "gid" and "user". |
| 431 | |
Willy Tarreau | f7edefa | 2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]] |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 433 | Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They |
| 434 | will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies |
Robert Tsai | 81ae195 | 2007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | configured with "log global". |
| 436 | |
| 437 | <address> can be one of: |
| 438 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 439 | - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If |
Robert Tsai | 81ae195 | 2007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog |
| 441 | port). |
| 442 | |
| 443 | - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind |
| 444 | considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside |
| 445 | the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately |
| 446 | writeable). |
| 447 | |
| 448 | <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 449 | |
| 450 | kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news |
| 451 | uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2 |
| 452 | local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7 |
| 453 | |
| 454 | An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default, |
Willy Tarreau | f7edefa | 2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a |
| 456 | severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum |
| 457 | level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level |
| 458 | than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending |
| 459 | "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations. |
| 460 | Eight levels are known : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 461 | |
| 462 | emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug |
| 463 | |
| 464 | nbproc <number> |
| 465 | Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon" |
| 466 | mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode |
| 467 | of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per |
| 468 | process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES |
| 469 | IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon". |
| 470 | |
| 471 | pidfile <pidfile> |
| 472 | Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to |
| 473 | the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user |
| 474 | starting the process. See also "daemon". |
| 475 | |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>] |
| 477 | Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously |
| 478 | existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket |
| 479 | will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 480 | "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information |
| 481 | in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a |
| 482 | complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command |
| 483 | followed by a line feed. |
Willy Tarreau | a8efd36 | 2008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 484 | |
| 485 | On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this |
| 486 | socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and |
| 487 | group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to |
| 488 | restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode" |
| 489 | keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on |
| 490 | the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the |
| 491 | user the process is started with. |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | |
| 493 | stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds> |
| 494 | The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible |
| 495 | to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in |
Willy Tarreau | befdff1 | 2007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | |
| 498 | stats maxconn <connections> |
| 499 | By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is |
| 500 | possible to change this value with "stats maxconn". |
| 501 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 502 | uid <number> |
| 503 | Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID |
| 504 | is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must |
| 505 | be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another |
| 506 | one. See also "gid" and "user". |
| 507 | |
| 508 | ulimit-n <number> |
| 509 | Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By |
| 510 | default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this |
| 511 | option. |
| 512 | |
| 513 | user <user name> |
| 514 | Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd. |
| 515 | See also "uid" and "group". |
| 516 | |
| 517 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | 3.2. Performance tuning |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 519 | ----------------------- |
| 520 | |
| 521 | maxconn <number> |
| 522 | Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It |
| 523 | is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting |
| 524 | connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is |
| 525 | automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n". |
| 526 | |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | maxpipes <number> |
| 528 | Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes |
| 529 | are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file |
| 530 | descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default |
| 531 | value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages. |
| 532 | The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back |
| 533 | to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance. |
| 534 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | noepoll |
| 536 | Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is |
| 537 | equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system |
| 538 | used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll". |
| 539 | |
| 540 | nokqueue |
| 541 | Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is |
| 542 | equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system |
| 543 | used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll". |
| 544 | |
| 545 | nopoll |
| 546 | Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the |
| 547 | command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 548 | It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and |
| 550 | "nokqueue". |
| 551 | |
| 552 | nosepoll |
| 553 | Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It |
| 554 | is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system |
| 555 | used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll". |
| 556 | |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | nosplice |
| 558 | Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is |
| 559 | equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied |
| 560 | using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is |
| 561 | limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between |
| 562 | 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not |
| 563 | be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in |
| 564 | case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and |
| 565 | "option splice-response". |
| 566 | |
Willy Tarreau | fe255b7 | 2007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | spread-checks <0..50, in percent> |
| 568 | Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact |
| 569 | intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same |
| 570 | physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add |
| 571 | some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between |
| 572 | 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0. |
| 573 | |
Willy Tarreau | 27a674e | 2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | tune.bufsize <number> |
| 575 | Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more |
| 576 | sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some |
| 577 | applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and |
| 578 | can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this |
| 579 | from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as |
| 580 | statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage, |
| 581 | possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn |
| 582 | parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased. |
| 583 | |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | tune.maxaccept <number> |
| 585 | Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on |
| 586 | a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates, |
| 587 | while lower values give higher priority to already established connections. |
Willy Tarreau | f49d1df | 2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process |
| 590 | wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a |
Willy Tarreau | f49d1df | 2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value. |
| 593 | |
| 594 | tune.maxpollevents <number> |
| 595 | Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to |
| 596 | the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It |
| 597 | has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease |
| 598 | latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200 |
| 599 | tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth. |
| 600 | |
Willy Tarreau | 27a674e | 2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | tune.maxrewrite <number> |
| 602 | Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is |
| 603 | used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never |
| 604 | fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of |
| 605 | bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large |
| 606 | numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large |
| 607 | requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers |
| 608 | to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it |
| 609 | to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is |
| 610 | larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing |
| 611 | bufsize. |
| 612 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | 3.3. Debugging |
| 615 | -------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | |
| 617 | debug |
| 618 | Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking |
| 619 | into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It |
| 620 | should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full |
| 621 | system startup. |
| 622 | |
| 623 | quiet |
| 624 | Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command- |
| 625 | line argument "-q". |
| 626 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | 4. Proxies |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | ---------- |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 630 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 631 | Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections : |
| 632 | - defaults <name> |
| 633 | - frontend <name> |
| 634 | - backend <name> |
| 635 | - listen <name> |
| 636 | |
| 637 | A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following |
| 638 | its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults" |
| 639 | section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults" |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | |
| 642 | A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client |
| 643 | connections. |
| 644 | |
| 645 | A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect |
| 646 | to forward incoming connections. |
| 647 | |
| 648 | A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend |
| 649 | parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic. |
| 650 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 651 | All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, |
| 652 | '-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are |
| 653 | case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies. |
| 654 | |
| 655 | Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the |
| 656 | logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two |
| 657 | proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names. |
| 658 | However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same |
| 659 | name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered. |
| 660 | |
| 661 | Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4, |
| 662 | and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards |
| 663 | bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the |
| 664 | protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding, |
| 665 | modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on |
| 666 | arbitrary criteria. |
| 667 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 669 | 4.1. Proxy keywords matrix |
| 670 | -------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a |
| 673 | limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because |
| 674 | they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally |
| 675 | limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords |
Willy Tarreau | 3842f00 | 2009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default |
Willy Tarreau | 3842f00 | 2009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed |
| 679 | with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been |
| 680 | specified in a previous "defaults" section. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 681 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | |
| 683 | keyword defaults frontend listen backend |
| 684 | ----------------------+----------+----------+---------+--------- |
| 685 | acl - X X X |
| 686 | appsession - - X X |
Willy Tarreau | c73ce2b | 2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | backlog X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | balance X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 689 | bind - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 0b9c02c | 2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | bind-process X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | block - X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | capture cookie - X X - |
| 693 | capture request header - X X - |
| 694 | capture response header - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | clitimeout X X X - (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | contimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | cookie X - X X |
| 698 | default_backend - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | disabled X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | dispatch - - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | enabled X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | errorfile X X X X |
| 703 | errorloc X X X X |
| 704 | errorloc302 X X X X |
| 705 | errorloc303 X X X X |
| 706 | fullconn X - X X |
| 707 | grace - X X X |
Willy Tarreau | dbc36f6 | 2007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | http-check disable-on-404 X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 709 | log X X X X |
| 710 | maxconn X X X - |
| 711 | mode X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | c7246fc | 2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | monitor fail - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | monitor-net X X X - |
| 714 | monitor-uri X X X - |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | [no] option abortonclose X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 4076a15 | 2009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | [no] option accept-invalid- |
| 717 | http-request X X X - |
| 718 | [no] option accept-invalid- |
| 719 | http-response X - X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | [no] option allbackups X - X X |
| 721 | [no] option checkcache X - X X |
| 722 | [no] option clitcpka X X X - |
| 723 | [no] option contstats X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | [no] option dontlog-normal X X X - |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | [no] option dontlognull X X X - |
| 726 | [no] option forceclose X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | option forwardfor X X X X |
| 728 | option httpchk X - X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 729 | [no] option httpclose X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | option httplog X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | [no] option http_proxy X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | [no] option log-separate- |
| 733 | errors X X X - |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | [no] option logasap X X X - |
| 735 | [no] option nolinger X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | option originalto X X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 737 | [no] option persist X - X X |
| 738 | [no] option redispatch X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | option smtpchk X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | [no] option splice-auto X X X X |
| 741 | [no] option splice-request X X X X |
| 742 | [no] option splice-response X X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | [no] option srvtcpka X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | option ssl-hello-chk X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 9ea05a7 | 2009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | [no] option tcp-smart- |
| 746 | accept X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 747 | option tcpka X X X X |
| 748 | option tcplog X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | [no] option transparent X - X X |
Emeric Brun | 647caf1 | 2009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | persist rdp-cookie X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 3a7d207 | 2009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | rate-limit sessions X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | redirect - X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | redisp X - X X (deprecated) |
| 754 | redispatch X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | reqadd - X X X |
| 756 | reqallow - X X X |
| 757 | reqdel - X X X |
| 758 | reqdeny - X X X |
| 759 | reqiallow - X X X |
| 760 | reqidel - X X X |
| 761 | reqideny - X X X |
| 762 | reqipass - X X X |
| 763 | reqirep - X X X |
| 764 | reqisetbe - X X X |
| 765 | reqitarpit - X X X |
| 766 | reqpass - X X X |
| 767 | reqrep - X X X |
| 768 | reqsetbe - X X X |
| 769 | reqtarpit - X X X |
| 770 | retries X - X X |
| 771 | rspadd - X X X |
| 772 | rspdel - X X X |
| 773 | rspdeny - X X X |
| 774 | rspidel - X X X |
| 775 | rspideny - X X X |
| 776 | rspirep - X X X |
| 777 | rsprep - X X X |
| 778 | server - - X X |
| 779 | source X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 24e779b | 2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 781 | stats auth X - X X |
| 782 | stats enable X - X X |
| 783 | stats realm X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | bbd4212 | 2007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | stats refresh X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 24e779b | 2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | stats scope X - X X |
| 786 | stats uri X - X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | d9db927 | 2007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 787 | stats hide-version X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | tcp-request content accept - X X - |
| 789 | tcp-request content reject - X X - |
| 790 | tcp-request inspect-delay - X X - |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | timeout check X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 792 | timeout client X X X - |
| 793 | timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated) |
| 794 | timeout connect X - X X |
| 795 | timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | cd7afc0 | 2009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 796 | timeout http-request X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 797 | timeout queue X - X X |
| 798 | timeout server X - X X |
| 799 | timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 51c9bde | 2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | timeout tarpit X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | transparent X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 802 | use_backend - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | ----------------------+----------+----------+---------+--------- |
| 804 | keyword defaults frontend listen backend |
| 805 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 806 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | 4.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference |
| 808 | --------------------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | |
| 810 | This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage. |
| 811 | |
| 812 | |
| 813 | acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ... |
| 814 | Declare or complete an access list. |
| 815 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 816 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 817 | Example: |
| 818 | acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3 |
| 819 | acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023 |
| 820 | acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost |
| 821 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | See section 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | |
| 824 | |
| 825 | appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime> |
| 826 | Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie. |
| 827 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 828 | no | no | yes | yes |
| 829 | Arguments : |
| 830 | <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which |
| 831 | HAProxy will have to learn for each new session. |
| 832 | |
| 833 | <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and |
| 834 | checked in each cookie value. |
| 835 | |
| 836 | <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from |
| 837 | memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in |
| 838 | milliseconds. |
| 839 | |
| 840 | When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when |
| 841 | the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and |
| 842 | associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from |
| 843 | the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this |
| 844 | cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query |
| 845 | string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server |
| 846 | associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is |
| 847 | applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been |
| 848 | unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>. |
| 849 | |
| 850 | The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend. |
| 851 | |
| 852 | Example : |
| 853 | appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h |
| 854 | |
| 855 | See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance". |
| 856 | |
| 857 | |
Willy Tarreau | c73ce2b | 2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | backlog <conns> |
| 859 | Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size |
| 860 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 861 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 862 | Arguments : |
| 863 | <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating |
| 864 | system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged |
| 865 | connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both. |
| 866 | |
| 867 | In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase |
| 868 | the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just |
| 869 | tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and |
| 870 | sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of |
| 871 | the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value |
| 872 | to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can |
| 873 | sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this |
| 874 | backlog parameter. |
| 875 | |
| 876 | On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is |
| 877 | used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of |
| 878 | two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768). |
| 879 | |
| 880 | See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide. |
| 881 | |
| 882 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ] |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]] |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend. |
| 886 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 887 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 888 | Arguments : |
| 889 | <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load |
| 890 | balancing. This only applies when no persistence information |
| 891 | is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another |
| 892 | server. <algorithm> may be one of the following : |
| 893 | |
| 894 | roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights. |
| 895 | This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's |
| 896 | processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm |
| 897 | is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted |
| 898 | on the fly for slow starts for instance. |
| 899 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2d2a7f8 | 2008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the |
| 901 | connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers |
| 902 | of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use |
| 903 | of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are |
| 904 | expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well |
| 905 | suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This |
| 906 | algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be |
| 907 | adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance. |
| 908 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total |
| 910 | weight of the running servers to designate which server will |
| 911 | receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP |
| 912 | address will always reach the same server as long as no |
| 913 | server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the |
| 914 | number of running servers changing, many clients will be |
| 915 | directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally |
| 916 | used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also |
| 917 | be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness |
| 918 | to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is |
| 919 | static, which means that changing a server's weight on the |
| 920 | fly will have no effect. |
| 921 | |
| 922 | uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed |
| 923 | and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The |
| 924 | result designates which server will receive the request. This |
| 925 | ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same |
| 926 | server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used |
| 927 | with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize |
| 928 | the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used |
| 929 | in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static, which means |
| 930 | that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no |
| 931 | effect. |
| 932 | |
Marek Majkowski | 9c30fc1 | 2008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and |
| 934 | "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These |
| 935 | options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers |
| 936 | based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter |
| 937 | indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many |
| 938 | characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash. |
| 939 | Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most |
| 940 | URIs start with a leading "/". |
| 941 | |
| 942 | The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth |
| 943 | to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each |
| 944 | slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the |
| 945 | evaluation stops when either is reached. |
| 946 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | the query string of each HTTP GET request. |
| 949 | |
| 950 | If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST |
| 951 | request entity will be searched for the parameter argument, |
| 952 | when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not |
| 953 | present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to |
| 954 | wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the |
| 955 | entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each |
| 956 | request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB |
| 957 | parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The |
| 958 | default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the |
| 959 | required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this |
| 960 | is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first |
| 961 | chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does |
| 962 | not need to wait for more data than the client promised to |
| 963 | send. When Content-Length is present and larger than |
| 964 | <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is |
| 965 | assumed that this will be enough data to search for the |
| 966 | presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that |
| 967 | Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is |
| 968 | scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may |
| 969 | be randomly balanced if at all. |
| 970 | |
| 971 | If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and |
| 972 | a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total |
| 973 | weight of the running servers. The result designates which |
| 974 | server will receive the request. |
| 975 | |
| 976 | This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure |
| 977 | that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as |
| 978 | long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if |
| 979 | the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is |
| 980 | applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP |
| 981 | backend. This algorithm is static, which means that changing a |
| 982 | server's weight on the fly will have no effect. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | |
Benoit | affb481 | 2009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 984 | hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request. |
| 985 | Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header |
| 986 | name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is |
| 987 | absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin |
| 988 | algorithm is applied instead. |
| 989 | |
| 990 | An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for |
| 991 | reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some |
| 992 | specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host |
| 993 | value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered. |
| 994 | |
Emeric Brun | 736aa23 | 2009-06-30 17:56:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | rdp-cookie |
| 996 | rdp-cookie(name) |
| 997 | The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be |
| 998 | looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as |
| 999 | with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name |
| 1000 | is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded |
| 1001 | persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the |
| 1002 | same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the |
| 1003 | cookie is not found, the normal round-robind algorithm is |
| 1004 | used instead. |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 | Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an |
| 1007 | RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this |
| 1008 | you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with |
| 1009 | a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL. |
| 1010 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some |
Marek Majkowski | 9c30fc1 | 2008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 | algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an |
| 1013 | optional argument. |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | |
Marek Majkowski | 9c30fc1 | 2008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>] |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]] |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3cd9af2 | 2009-03-15 14:06:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 | The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other |
| 1019 | algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once |
| 1020 | for each backend. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1021 | |
| 1022 | Examples : |
| 1023 | balance roundrobin |
| 1024 | balance url_param userid |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | balance url_param session_id check_post 64 |
Benoit | affb481 | 2009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | balance hdr(User-Agent) |
| 1027 | balance hdr(host) |
| 1028 | balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 | |
| 1030 | Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post" |
| 1031 | extension with "url_param" must be considered : |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way |
| 1034 | to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which |
| 1035 | may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to |
| 1036 | restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in |
| 1037 | the body. (see acl reqideny http_end) |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not |
| 1040 | make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and |
| 1041 | defaults to 16 kB. |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably |
| 1044 | fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin. |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to |
| 1047 | Round Robin. |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk. |
| 1050 | If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the |
| 1051 | selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little |
| 1052 | actually appeared in the first chunk). |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response. |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire |
| 1057 | contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear |
| 1058 | white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what |
| 1059 | might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML |
| 1060 | type message bodies. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1061 | |
| 1062 | See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent" and "http_proxy". |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] |
Willy Tarreau | 5e6e204 | 2009-02-04 17:19:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface> |
Willy Tarreau | be1b918 | 2009-06-14 18:48:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg> |
Willy Tarreau | b1e52e8 | 2008-01-13 14:49:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 | Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend. |
| 1070 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1071 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1072 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | b1e52e8 | 2008-01-13 14:49:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1073 | <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6 |
| 1074 | address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will |
| 1075 | listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be |
| 1076 | listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's |
| 1077 | special address "0.0.0.0". |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is |
| 1080 | mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port |
| 1081 | is always the number after the last colon (':'). |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5e6e204 | 2009-02-04 17:19:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1083 | <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently |
| 1084 | only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical |
| 1085 | interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all |
| 1086 | addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the |
| 1087 | incoming packet physically come through the designated |
| 1088 | interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to |
| 1089 | the same address if they are bound to different interfaces. |
| 1090 | Note that binding to a physical interface requires root |
| 1091 | privileges. |
| 1092 | |
Willy Tarreau | be1b918 | 2009-06-14 18:48:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be |
| 1094 | advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force |
| 1095 | a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for |
| 1096 | connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a |
| 1097 | kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but |
| 1098 | was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not |
| 1099 | work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised |
| 1100 | value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP). |
| 1101 | |
Willy Tarreau | b1e52e8 | 2008-01-13 14:49:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain |
| 1103 | Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound |
| 1104 | even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet |
| 1105 | targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if |
| 1106 | the address was locally configured. This normally requires |
| 1107 | that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with |
| 1108 | the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for |
| 1109 | the specified port. This keyword is available only when |
| 1110 | HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | |
| 1112 | It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by |
| 1113 | commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no |
| 1114 | fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in |
| 1115 | a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements |
| 1116 | in a frontend. |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | Example : |
| 1119 | listen http_proxy |
| 1120 | bind :80,:443 |
| 1121 | bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443 |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | See also : "source". |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0b9c02c | 2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ... |
| 1127 | Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers. |
| 1128 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1129 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1130 | Arguments : |
| 1131 | all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It |
| 1132 | may be used to override a default value. |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 | odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This |
| 1135 | option may be combined with other numbers. |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This |
| 1138 | option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it |
| 1139 | with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be |
| 1140 | missing from all processes. |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between |
| 1143 | 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process |
| 1144 | number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise |
| 1145 | some instances might be missing from all processes. |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This |
| 1148 | is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same |
| 1149 | ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set |
| 1150 | 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd' |
| 1151 | and 'even' instances. |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using |
| 1154 | this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please |
| 1155 | note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first |
| 1156 | 32. |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the |
| 1159 | backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes. |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | Example : |
| 1162 | listen app_ip1 |
| 1163 | bind 10.0.0.1:80 |
| 1164 | bind_process odd |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | listen app_ip2 |
| 1167 | bind 10.0.0.2:80 |
| 1168 | bind_process even |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 | listen management |
| 1171 | bind 10.0.0.3:80 |
| 1172 | bind_process 1 2 3 4 |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | See also : "nbproc" in global section. |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 | block { if | unless } <condition> |
| 1178 | Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched |
| 1179 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1180 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing |
| 1183 | if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some |
| 1186 | conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of |
| 1187 | "block" statements per instance. |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | Example: |
| 1190 | acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3 |
| 1191 | acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023 |
| 1192 | acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost |
| 1193 | block if invalid_src || local_dst |
| 1194 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | See section 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | capture cookie <name> len <length> |
| 1199 | Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response. |
| 1200 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1201 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1202 | Arguments : |
| 1203 | <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order |
| 1204 | to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal |
| 1205 | sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is |
| 1206 | useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name |
| 1207 | and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX). |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 | <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which |
| 1210 | include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the |
| 1211 | standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the |
| 1212 | right if it exceeds <length>. |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the |
| 1215 | "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to |
| 1216 | check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between |
| 1217 | users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page. |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column |
| 1220 | will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the |
| 1221 | server, a "-" is reported in the response column. |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 | The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that |
| 1224 | the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the |
| 1225 | backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one |
| 1226 | "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is |
| 1227 | configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to |
| 1228 | specify a capture in a "defaults" section. |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | Example: |
| 1231 | capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32 |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | section 8 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | capture request header <name> len <length> |
| 1238 | Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header. |
| 1239 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1240 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1241 | Arguments : |
| 1242 | <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in |
| 1245 | upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the |
| 1246 | value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected. |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and |
| 1249 | report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if |
| 1250 | it exceeds <length>. |
| 1251 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1253 | value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers |
| 1254 | are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 | in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent |
| 1256 | headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request |
| 1257 | header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the |
| 1258 | "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly |
| 1259 | differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied |
| 1260 | environments to find where the request came from. |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be |
| 1263 | logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what |
| 1264 | you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the |
| 1265 | braces. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | |
| 1267 | There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture |
| 1268 | is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a |
| 1269 | same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not |
| 1270 | possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section. |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 | Example: |
| 1273 | capture request header Host len 15 |
| 1274 | capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15 |
| 1275 | capture request header Referrer len 15 |
| 1276 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8 |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | about logging. |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | capture response header <name> len <length> |
| 1282 | Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header. |
| 1283 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1284 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1285 | Arguments : |
| 1286 | <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in |
| 1289 | upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the |
| 1290 | value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected. |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and |
| 1293 | report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if |
| 1294 | it exceeds <length>. |
| 1295 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured |
| 1298 | request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by |
| 1299 | a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty |
| 1301 | string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length" |
| 1302 | header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the |
| 1303 | "Location" header to track redirections. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | |
| 1305 | There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each |
| 1306 | capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent |
| 1307 | for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It |
| 1308 | is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section. |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | Example: |
| 1311 | capture response header Content-length len 9 |
| 1312 | capture response header Location len 15 |
| 1313 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8 |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | about logging. |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | clitimeout <timeout> |
| 1319 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side. |
| 1320 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1321 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1322 | Arguments : |
| 1323 | <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 1324 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 1325 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or |
| 1328 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 1329 | during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the |
| 1330 | response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified |
| 1331 | in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is |
| 1332 | suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode |
| 1333 | (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the |
| 1334 | client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1335 | situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds |
| 1337 | (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 | This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 1340 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 1341 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 1342 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 1343 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 1344 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated. |
| 1347 | Please use "timeout client" instead. |
| 1348 | |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and |
| 1350 | "srvtimeout". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1351 | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 | contimeout <timeout> |
| 1354 | Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed. |
| 1355 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1356 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1357 | Arguments : |
| 1358 | <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 1359 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 1360 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 | cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are |
| 1365 | slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the |
| 1366 | connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one |
| 1367 | has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the |
| 1368 | tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend. |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 1371 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 1372 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 1373 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 1374 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in |
| 1375 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently |
| 1378 | deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit" |
| 1379 | instead. |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 | See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit", |
| 1382 | "timeout server", "contimeout". |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ] |
| 1386 | [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ] |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend. |
| 1388 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1389 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1390 | Arguments : |
| 1391 | <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or |
| 1392 | inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to |
| 1393 | the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is |
| 1394 | brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests. |
| 1395 | Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not |
| 1396 | conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same |
| 1397 | backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg: |
| 1398 | HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names |
| 1399 | between all backends if persistence between them is not desired. |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the |
| 1402 | server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the |
| 1403 | server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management |
| 1404 | of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control" |
| 1405 | headers is left to the application. The application can then |
| 1406 | decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence |
| 1407 | cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only |
| 1408 | works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is |
| 1409 | very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this |
| 1410 | mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with |
| 1411 | "insert" and "prefix". |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 | insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to |
| 1414 | be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a |
| 1415 | cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this |
| 1416 | reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations |
| 1417 | running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session |
| 1418 | cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to |
| 1419 | caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and |
| 1420 | "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert" |
| 1421 | keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix". |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 | prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated |
| 1424 | cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed. |
| 1425 | This may be needed in some specific environments where the client |
| 1426 | does not support more than one single cookie and the application |
| 1427 | already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie |
| 1428 | named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier |
| 1429 | and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client |
| 1430 | requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted. |
| 1431 | Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified, |
| 1432 | this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is |
| 1433 | not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert". |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only |
| 1436 | be added when the server was not reached after a direct access, |
| 1437 | which means that only when a server is elected after applying a |
| 1438 | load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie |
| 1439 | will be inserted. If the client has all the required information |
| 1440 | to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will |
| 1441 | be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in |
| 1442 | insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests |
| 1443 | transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes |
| 1444 | totally transparent from the application point of view. |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 | nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode |
| 1447 | when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it |
| 1448 | ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if |
| 1449 | a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all |
| 1450 | persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for |
| 1451 | instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an |
| 1452 | outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie, |
| 1453 | leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others. |
| 1454 | See also the "insert" and "postonly" options. |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed |
| 1457 | on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the |
| 1458 | "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so |
| 1459 | this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached. |
| 1460 | Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the |
| 1461 | first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very |
| 1462 | efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a |
| 1463 | persistence cookie in the cache. |
| 1464 | See also the "insert" and "nocache" options. |
| 1465 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | efe3b6f | 2008-05-23 23:49:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is |
| 1467 | inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain |
| 1468 | name. |
| 1469 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be |
| 1471 | declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value |
| 1472 | indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie |
| 1473 | is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 | Examples : |
| 1476 | cookie JSESSIONID prefix |
| 1477 | cookie SRV insert indirect nocache |
| 1478 | cookie SRV insert postonly indirect |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server". |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 | default_backend <backend> |
| 1484 | Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched. |
| 1485 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1486 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1487 | Arguments : |
| 1488 | <backend> is the name of the backend to use. |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the |
| 1491 | "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be |
| 1492 | used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which |
| 1493 | will catch all undetermined requests. |
| 1494 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1495 | Example : |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 | use_backend dynamic if url_dyn |
| 1498 | use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img |
| 1499 | default_backend dynamic |
| 1500 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe" |
| 1502 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1503 | |
| 1504 | disabled |
| 1505 | Disable a proxy, frontend or backend. |
| 1506 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1507 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1508 | Arguments : none |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 | The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to |
| 1511 | liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance |
| 1512 | will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be |
| 1513 | created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It |
| 1514 | will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It |
| 1515 | is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled" |
| 1516 | keyword in a "defaults" section. |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | See also : "enabled" |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | enabled |
| 1522 | Enable a proxy, frontend or backend. |
| 1523 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1524 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1525 | Arguments : none |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the |
| 1528 | defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used. |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | See also : "disabled" |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | errorfile <code> <file> |
| 1534 | Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy |
| 1535 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1536 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1537 | Arguments : |
| 1538 | <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of |
| 1539 | generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504. |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 | <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 | the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML |
Willy Tarreau | 59140a2 | 2009-02-22 12:02:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1544 | error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read |
| 1545 | before any chroot is performed. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | |
| 1547 | It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite |
| 1548 | errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy. |
| 1549 | This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set. |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such |
| 1552 | as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies, |
| 1553 | force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error |
| 1554 | files returning the same contents as default errors. |
| 1555 | |
Willy Tarreau | 59140a2 | 2009-02-22 12:02:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1556 | The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which |
| 1557 | generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise |
| 1558 | not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid |
| 1559 | loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an |
| 1560 | error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is |
| 1561 | recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone. |
| 1562 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1563 | The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory. |
| 1564 | For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is |
| 1565 | chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL. |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 | See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303" |
| 1570 | |
Willy Tarreau | 59140a2 | 2009-02-22 12:02:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | Example : |
| 1572 | errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http |
| 1573 | errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http |
| 1574 | errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http |
| 1575 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | |
| 1577 | errorloc <code> <url> |
| 1578 | errorloc302 <code> <url> |
| 1579 | Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy |
| 1580 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1581 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1582 | Arguments : |
| 1583 | <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of |
| 1584 | generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504. |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain |
| 1587 | either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site, |
| 1588 | or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site. |
| 1589 | Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect |
| 1590 | loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500). |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 | It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite |
| 1593 | errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy. |
| 1594 | This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set. |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the |
| 1597 | client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be |
| 1598 | quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL |
| 1599 | sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To |
| 1600 | workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303 |
| 1601 | status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET |
| 1602 | request. |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303" |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | errorloc303 <code> <url> |
| 1608 | Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy |
| 1609 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1610 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1611 | Arguments : |
| 1612 | <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of |
| 1613 | generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504. |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain |
| 1616 | either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site, |
| 1617 | or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site. |
| 1618 | Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect |
| 1619 | loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500). |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite |
| 1622 | errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy. |
| 1623 | This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set. |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the |
| 1626 | client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This |
| 1627 | solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is |
| 1628 | possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | it, but no such problem has been reported till now. |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | |
| 1631 | See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302" |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 | fullconn <conns> |
| 1635 | Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn |
| 1636 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1637 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1638 | Arguments : |
| 1639 | <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the |
| 1640 | servers use the maximal number of connections. |
| 1641 | |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1645 | load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections, |
| 1646 | never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both |
| 1647 | values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This |
| 1648 | makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but |
| 1649 | push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during |
| 1650 | exceptionnal loads. |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | Example : |
| 1653 | # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each |
| 1654 | # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000 |
| 1655 | # connections. |
| 1656 | backend dynamic |
| 1657 | fullconn 10000 |
| 1658 | server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000 |
| 1659 | server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000 |
| 1660 | |
| 1661 | See also : "maxconn", "server" |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | grace <time> |
| 1665 | Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop |
| 1666 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1667 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 1668 | Arguments : |
| 1669 | <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance |
| 1670 | will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening |
| 1671 | when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal. |
| 1672 | |
| 1673 | This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order. |
| 1674 | This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an |
| 1675 | external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time |
| 1676 | needed by the equipment to detect the failure. |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 | Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter, |
| 1679 | and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than |
| 1680 | simplify it. |
| 1681 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | |
| 1683 | http-check disable-on-404 |
| 1684 | Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks |
| 1685 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 | Arguments : none |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be |
| 1690 | excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent |
| 1691 | connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators |
| 1692 | to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note |
| 1693 | that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not |
| 1694 | generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it |
| 1695 | will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page |
| 1696 | reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this |
| 1697 | option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option. |
| 1698 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | See also : "option httpchk" |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | id <value> |
| 1703 | Set a persistent value for proxy ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as |
| 1704 | smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids. |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | log global |
Willy Tarreau | f7edefa | 2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]] |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic. |
| 1710 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1711 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1712 | Arguments : |
| 1713 | global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the |
| 1714 | same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global" |
| 1715 | replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log |
| 1716 | entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global" |
| 1717 | statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other |
| 1718 | parameter. |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as |
| 1721 | for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of : |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP |
| 1724 | port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the |
| 1725 | standard syslog port). |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind |
| 1728 | considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible |
| 1729 | inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is |
| 1730 | appropriately writeable). |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities : |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news |
| 1735 | uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2 |
| 1736 | local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7 |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 | <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By |
| 1739 | default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only |
| 1740 | messages with a severity at least as important as this level |
Willy Tarreau | f7edefa | 2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it |
| 1742 | is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will |
| 1743 | be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg" |
| 1744 | messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations. |
| 1745 | Eight levels are known : |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 | |
| 1747 | emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if |
| 1750 | "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log |
| 1751 | entries, then additional log entries will be ignored. |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 | what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log |
| 1755 | entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level |
| 1756 | "info". |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes |
| 1759 | will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up, |
| 1760 | "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service |
| 1761 | termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down. |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before |
| 1764 | being emitted. |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | |
| 1766 | Example : |
| 1767 | log global |
Willy Tarreau | f7edefa | 2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events |
| 1769 | log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 | maxconn <conns> |
| 1773 | Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend |
| 1774 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1775 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1776 | Arguments : |
| 1777 | <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will |
| 1778 | accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system |
| 1779 | in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection |
| 1780 | closes. |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 | If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit |
| 1783 | very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the |
| 1784 | clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the |
| 1785 | global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers |
| 1786 | of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being |
| 1787 | consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped |
| 1788 | with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if |
| 1789 | properly tuned. |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers |
| 1792 | are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise |
| 1793 | to assign them some reasonable connection limits. |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn" |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | mode { tcp|http|health } |
| 1799 | Set the running mode or protocol of the instance |
| 1800 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1801 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1802 | Arguments : |
| 1803 | tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection |
| 1804 | will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7 |
| 1805 | examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It |
| 1806 | should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ... |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be |
| 1809 | analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request |
| 1810 | which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering, |
| 1811 | processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which |
| 1812 | brings HAProxy most of its value. |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 | health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK" |
| 1815 | to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be |
| 1816 | logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health |
| 1817 | checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as |
| 1818 | it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or |
| 1819 | HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword. |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the |
| 1822 | backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration |
| 1823 | will be refused. |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | Example : |
| 1826 | defaults http_instances |
| 1827 | mode http |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 | See also : "monitor", "monitor-net" |
| 1830 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1831 | |
| 1832 | monitor fail [if | unless] <condition> |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1835 | no | yes | yes | no |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | Arguments : |
| 1837 | if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied, |
| 1838 | and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a |
| 1839 | combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions |
| 1840 | are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a |
| 1841 | backend and its backup. |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is |
| 1844 | satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be |
| 1845 | based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active |
| 1846 | servers in a list of backends. |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 | This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor |
| 1849 | request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries |
| 1850 | the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the |
| 1851 | conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is |
| 1852 | very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base |
| 1853 | routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by |
| 1854 | haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv" |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | |
| 1857 | Example: |
| 1858 | frontend www |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | mode http |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2 |
| 1861 | acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2 |
| 1862 | monitor-uri /site_alive |
| 1863 | monitor fail if site_dead |
| 1864 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | monitor-net <source> |
| 1869 | Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests |
| 1870 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1871 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1872 | Arguments : |
| 1873 | <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to |
| 1874 | get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4 |
| 1875 | address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/') |
| 1876 | followed by a mask. |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause |
| 1879 | the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another |
| 1880 | equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without |
| 1881 | forwarding the connection to a remote server. |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be |
| 1884 | accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request, |
| 1885 | then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally |
| 1886 | enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and |
| 1887 | running without forwarding the request to a backend server. |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor |
| 1890 | divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended |
| 1891 | purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component, |
| 1892 | nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on |
| 1893 | requests caught by "monitor-net". |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | Example : |
| 1896 | # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us. |
| 1897 | frontend www |
| 1898 | monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31 |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri" |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | monitor-uri <uri> |
| 1904 | Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests |
| 1905 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1906 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1907 | Arguments : |
| 1908 | <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's |
| 1909 | health status instead of forwarding the request. |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend, |
| 1912 | HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either |
| 1913 | "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure |
| 1914 | conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any |
| 1915 | front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without |
| 1916 | forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the |
| 1917 | version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid |
| 1918 | at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend. |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 | Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor |
| 1921 | divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended |
| 1922 | purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component, |
| 1923 | nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using |
| 1924 | "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check |
| 1925 | can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend). |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 | Example : |
| 1928 | # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status |
| 1929 | frontend www |
| 1930 | mode http |
| 1931 | monitor-uri /haproxy_test |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 | See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net" |
| 1934 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1936 | option abortonclose |
| 1937 | no option abortonclose |
| 1938 | Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues. |
| 1939 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1940 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1941 | Arguments : none |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 | In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond. |
| 1944 | The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will |
| 1945 | increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session |
| 1946 | response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1948 | the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the |
| 1949 | request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error |
| 1950 | encountered while delivering the response. |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output |
| 1953 | close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider |
| 1954 | that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for |
| 1955 | the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users |
| 1956 | do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at |
| 1957 | all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents |
| 1958 | support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most |
| 1959 | hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1960 | to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1961 | of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely |
| 1962 | low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while |
| 1963 | still not served and not pollute the servers. |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 | In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option |
| 1966 | "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP |
| 1967 | compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is |
| 1968 | specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while |
| 1969 | it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or |
| 1970 | during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged |
| 1971 | the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load |
| 1972 | on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn |
| 1973 | reduces the response time for other users. |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 1976 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 | See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | |
Willy Tarreau | 4076a15 | 2009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | option accept-invalid-http-request |
| 1982 | no option accept-invalid-http-request |
| 1983 | Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing |
| 1984 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1985 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1986 | Arguments : none |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This |
| 1989 | means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an |
| 1990 | error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such |
| 1991 | forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server |
| 1992 | weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or |
| 1993 | server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration, |
| 1994 | implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case, |
| 1995 | it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character |
| 1996 | even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option. |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 | This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs |
| 1999 | and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has |
| 2000 | been confirmed. |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 | When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in |
| 2003 | requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later |
| 2004 | analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this |
| 2005 | also helps confirming that the issue has been solved. |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2008 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 | See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the |
| 2011 | stats socket. |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 | option accept-invalid-http-response |
| 2015 | no option accept-invalid-http-response |
| 2016 | Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing |
| 2017 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2018 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2019 | Arguments : none |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This |
| 2022 | means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an |
| 2023 | error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such |
| 2024 | forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server |
| 2025 | weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or |
| 2026 | server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration, |
| 2027 | implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case, |
| 2028 | it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character |
| 2029 | even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option. |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs |
| 2032 | and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has |
| 2033 | been confirmed. |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 | When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in |
| 2036 | responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit |
| 2037 | later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. |
| 2038 | Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved. |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2041 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the |
| 2044 | stats socket. |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | option allbackups |
| 2048 | no option allbackups |
| 2049 | Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one |
| 2050 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2051 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2052 | Arguments : none |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal |
| 2055 | servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups |
| 2056 | at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled, |
| 2057 | the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal |
| 2058 | ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the |
| 2059 | servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority |
| 2060 | order between the backup servers anymore. |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a |
| 2063 | "sorry" page when an application is completely offline. |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2066 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | option checkcache |
| 2070 | no option checkcache |
| 2071 | Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies |
| 2072 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2073 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2074 | Arguments : none |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not |
| 2077 | always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should |
| 2078 | be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a |
| 2079 | high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same |
| 2080 | caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let |
| 2081 | some sensible session information go in the wild. |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 | The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for |
| 2084 | strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 | carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side |
| 2087 | proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | to the client are : |
| 2089 | - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ; |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 | - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410, |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2091 | provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ; |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not |
| 2093 | set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ; |
| 2094 | - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header |
| 2095 | - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header |
| 2096 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header |
| 2097 | - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header |
| 2098 | - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header |
| 2099 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header |
| 2100 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header |
| 2101 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header |
| 2102 | (allowing other fields after set-cookie) |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 | If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway". |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response |
| 2107 | during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so |
| 2108 | that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed. |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested |
| 2111 | in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours. |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2116 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | option clitcpka |
| 2120 | no option clitcpka |
| 2121 | Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side |
| 2122 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2123 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2124 | Arguments : none |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and |
| 2127 | a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle |
| 2128 | periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate |
| 2129 | components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long. |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets |
| 2132 | to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between |
| 2133 | keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the |
| 2134 | operating system and its tuning parameters. |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 | It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor |
| 2137 | received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees |
| 2138 | them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives |
| 2139 | to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be |
| 2140 | forwarded to the other side of the proxy. |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive. |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the |
| 2145 | client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are |
| 2146 | noticed between HAProxy and a client. |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2149 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 | See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka" |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2154 | option contstats |
| 2155 | Enable continuous traffic statistics updates |
| 2156 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2157 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2158 | Arguments : none |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented |
| 2161 | only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small |
| 2162 | objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or |
| 2163 | with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like |
| 2164 | a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously, |
| 2165 | during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so |
| 2166 | it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%). |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2169 | option dontlog-normal |
| 2170 | no option dontlog-normal |
| 2171 | Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections |
| 2172 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2173 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2174 | Arguments : none |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second |
| 2177 | and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn |
| 2178 | logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that |
| 2179 | normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor |
| 2180 | redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP |
| 2181 | mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be |
| 2182 | logged. |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to |
| 2185 | complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you |
| 2186 | need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead. |
| 2187 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2188 | See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | logging. |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | option dontlognull |
| 2193 | no option dontlognull |
| 2194 | Enable or disable logging of null connections |
| 2195 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2196 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2197 | Arguments : none |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to |
| 2200 | various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from |
| 2201 | another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a |
| 2202 | simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute |
| 2203 | the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate |
| 2204 | that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged, |
| 2205 | which typically corresponds to those probes. |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled |
| 2208 | environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities |
| 2209 | would not be logged. |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2212 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2213 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 | See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 | |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | option forceclose |
| 2218 | no option forceclose |
| 2219 | Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred. |
| 2220 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2221 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2222 | Arguments : none |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 | Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive |
| 2225 | the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not |
| 2226 | close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This |
| 2227 | causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high |
| 2228 | global session times in the logs. |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will |
| 2231 | actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to |
| 2232 | reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be |
| 2233 | used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This |
| 2234 | option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option. |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2237 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 | |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ] |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers |
| 2244 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2245 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2246 | Arguments : |
| 2247 | <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources |
| 2248 | matching <network> |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For" |
| 2250 | header name. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | |
| 2252 | Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as |
| 2253 | their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address |
| 2254 | is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header |
| 2255 | "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. |
| 2256 | This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this |
| 2257 | header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server |
| 2258 | must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note |
| 2260 | that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really |
| 2261 | possible that the client has already brought one. |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 | The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace |
| 2264 | the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already |
| 2265 | have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel), |
| 2266 | and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the |
| 2267 | "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers |
| 2268 | require "X-Cluster-Client-IP"). |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 | |
| 2270 | Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client |
| 2271 | access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is |
| 2272 | used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the |
| 2273 | header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword |
| 2274 | followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the |
| 2275 | network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with |
| 2276 | private networks or 127.0.0.1. |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's |
| 2280 | setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if |
| 2281 | both are defined. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | |
| 2283 | It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive |
| 2284 | connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header. |
| 2285 | For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set |
| 2286 | when using this option. |
| 2287 | |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 | Examples : |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine |
| 2290 | frontend www |
| 2291 | mode http |
| 2292 | option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header |
| 2293 | |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client |
| 2295 | backend www |
| 2296 | mode http |
| 2297 | option forwardfor header X-Client |
| 2298 | |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 | |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | option httpchk |
| 2303 | option httpchk <uri> |
| 2304 | option httpchk <method> <uri> |
| 2305 | option httpchk <method> <uri> <version> |
| 2306 | Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health |
| 2307 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2308 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2309 | Arguments : |
| 2310 | <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set, |
| 2311 | the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server |
| 2312 | processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method |
| 2313 | may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard |
| 2314 | ones. |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / " |
| 2317 | which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be |
| 2318 | changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted. |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0" |
| 2321 | but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning |
| 2322 | it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is |
| 2323 | mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it |
| 2324 | after "\r\n" following the version string. |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP |
| 2327 | connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is |
| 2328 | sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are |
| 2329 | considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including |
| 2330 | the lack of any response. |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | The port and interval are specified in the server configuration. |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with |
| 2335 | plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound |
| 2336 | to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon. |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | Examples : |
| 2339 | # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability |
| 2340 | # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80. |
| 2341 | backend https_relay |
| 2342 | mode tcp |
Willy Tarreau | ebaf21a | 2008-03-21 20:17:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80 |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the |
| 2347 | "check", "port" and "interval" server options. |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 | option httpclose |
| 2351 | no option httpclose |
| 2352 | Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing |
| 2353 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2354 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2355 | Arguments : none |
| 2356 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it |
| 2359 | will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To |
| 2360 | workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It |
| 2361 | will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction, |
| 2362 | and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively |
| 2363 | closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to |
| 2364 | the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also |
| 2365 | be removed. |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 | It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not |
| 2368 | close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this |
| 2369 | reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this |
| 2370 | happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes |
| 2371 | the request connection once the server responds. |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if |
| 2374 | at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled. |
| 2375 | If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose". |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2378 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | See also : "option forceclose" |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | |
Emeric Brun | 3a058f3 | 2009-06-30 18:26:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 | option httplog [ clf ] |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers |
| 2385 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2386 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
Emeric Brun | 3a058f3 | 2009-06-30 18:26:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | Arguments : |
| 2388 | clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be |
| 2389 | the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can |
| 2390 | use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific |
| 2391 | log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not |
| 2392 | extensible. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | |
| 2394 | By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the |
| 2395 | source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying |
| 2396 | "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, |
| 2397 | but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session |
| 2398 | status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the |
| 2399 | frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and |
| 2400 | ports. |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend. |
| 2403 | |
Emeric Brun | 3a058f3 | 2009-06-30 18:26:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2405 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying |
| 2406 | only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set |
| 2407 | by default. |
| 2408 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | See also : section 8 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | |
| 2412 | option http_proxy |
| 2413 | no option http_proxy |
| 2414 | Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode |
| 2415 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2416 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2417 | Arguments : none |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands |
| 2420 | basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case, |
| 2421 | it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy" |
| 2422 | set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to |
| 2423 | the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme. |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP |
| 2426 | addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited, |
| 2427 | it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last, |
| 2428 | if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be |
| 2429 | needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly |
| 2430 | be analyzed. |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2433 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | Example : |
| 2436 | # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly. |
| 2437 | backend direct_forward |
| 2438 | option httpclose |
| 2439 | option http_proxy |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2442 | |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 | |
| 2444 | option log-separate-errors |
| 2445 | no option log-separate-errors |
| 2446 | Change log level for non-completely successful connections |
| 2447 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2448 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2449 | Arguments : none |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 | Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy |
| 2452 | raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such |
| 2453 | as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The |
| 2454 | level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them |
| 2455 | separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to |
| 2456 | remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which |
| 2457 | provides very important information. |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per |
| 2460 | second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller |
| 2461 | error logs. |
| 2462 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | logging. |
| 2465 | |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | |
| 2467 | option logasap |
| 2468 | no option logasap |
| 2469 | Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests |
| 2470 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2471 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2472 | Arguments : none |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 | By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total |
| 2475 | transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects |
| 2476 | are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the |
| 2477 | logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server |
| 2478 | sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be |
| 2479 | the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount |
| 2480 | of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 | time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 | "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many |
| 2483 | bytes are expected to be transferred. |
| 2484 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | Examples : |
| 2486 | listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80 |
| 2487 | mode http |
| 2488 | option httplog |
| 2489 | option logasap |
| 2490 | log 192.168.2.200 local3 |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \ |
| 2493 | haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \ |
| 2494 | static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \ |
| 2495 | "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0" |
| 2496 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2498 | logging. |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | option nolinger |
| 2502 | no option nolinger |
| 2503 | Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close |
| 2504 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2505 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 | Arguments : none |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 | |
| 2508 | When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are |
| 2509 | physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is |
| 2510 | closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system, |
| 2511 | using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer |
| 2512 | connections. |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces |
| 2515 | the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus, |
| 2516 | the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has |
| 2517 | side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits |
| 2518 | getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about |
| 2519 | this too. |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely |
| 2522 | needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1 |
| 2523 | sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count). |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side |
| 2526 | where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend |
| 2527 | for servers. |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2530 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2533 | option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ] |
| 2534 | Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers |
| 2535 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2536 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2537 | Arguments : |
| 2538 | <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources |
| 2539 | matching <network> |
| 2540 | <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To" |
| 2541 | header name. |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can |
| 2544 | be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a |
| 2545 | complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will |
| 2546 | be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip |
| 2547 | addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be |
| 2548 | added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a |
| 2549 | value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be |
| 2550 | configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that |
| 2551 | only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really |
| 2552 | possible that the client has already brought one. |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace |
| 2555 | the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already |
| 2556 | have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need |
| 2557 | preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To" |
| 2558 | header and requires different one. |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 | Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client |
| 2561 | access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is |
| 2562 | used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the |
| 2563 | header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword |
| 2564 | followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the |
| 2565 | network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with |
| 2566 | private networks or 127.0.0.1. |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 | This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at |
| 2569 | least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's |
| 2570 | setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if |
| 2571 | both are defined. |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive |
| 2574 | connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header. |
| 2575 | For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set |
| 2576 | when using this option. |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 | Examples : |
| 2579 | # Original Destination address |
| 2580 | frontend www |
| 2581 | mode http |
| 2582 | option originalto except 127.0.0.1 |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst |
| 2585 | backend www |
| 2586 | mode http |
| 2587 | option originalto header X-Client-Dst |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2592 | option persist |
| 2593 | no option persist |
| 2594 | Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers |
| 2595 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2596 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 | Arguments : none |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | |
| 2599 | When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead |
| 2600 | server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to |
| 2601 | force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist" |
| 2602 | if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme |
| 2603 | load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be |
| 2604 | directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be |
| 2605 | correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction |
| 2606 | with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to |
| 2607 | the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be |
| 2608 | redirected to another valid server. |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2611 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | See also : "option redispatch", "retries" |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | option redispatch |
| 2617 | no option redispatch |
| 2618 | Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure |
| 2619 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2620 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | Arguments : none |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | |
| 2623 | In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may |
| 2624 | definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not |
| 2625 | be able to access the service anymore. |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their |
| 2628 | persistence and redistribute them to a working server. |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple |
| 2631 | connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero |
| 2632 | value. |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 | This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and |
| 2635 | "redisp" keywords. |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2638 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | See also : "redispatch", "retries" |
| 2641 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 | |
| 2643 | option smtpchk |
| 2644 | option smtpchk <hello> <domain> |
| 2645 | Use SMTP health checks for server testing |
| 2646 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2647 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2648 | Arguments : |
| 2649 | <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can |
| 2650 | be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other |
| 2651 | values will be turned into the default command ("HELO"). |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 | <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be |
| 2654 | specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been |
| 2655 | specified. By default, "localhost" is used. |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP |
| 2658 | connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is |
| 2659 | "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes |
| 2660 | starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses, |
| 2661 | including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a |
| 2662 | dead server. |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the |
| 2665 | request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt, |
| 2666 | so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port |
| 2667 | 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration. |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for |
| 2670 | various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When |
| 2671 | possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when |
| 2672 | connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword, |
| 2673 | which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in. |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | Example : |
| 2676 | option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 | See also : "option httpchk", "source" |
| 2679 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 | option splice-auto |
| 2682 | no option splice-auto |
| 2683 | Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions |
| 2684 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2685 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2686 | Arguments : none |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy |
| 2689 | will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to |
| 2690 | forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy |
| 2691 | uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or |
| 2692 | not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used |
| 2693 | are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This |
| 2694 | option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally |
| 2695 | disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it |
| 2696 | requires that there are enough spare pipes. |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which |
| 2699 | first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to |
| 2700 | transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus |
| 2701 | providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many |
| 2702 | early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this |
| 2703 | feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care. |
| 2704 | While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation, |
| 2705 | 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In |
| 2706 | case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice" |
| 2707 | keyword. |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | Example : |
| 2710 | option splice-auto |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2713 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global |
| 2716 | options "nosplice" and "maxpipes" |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | option splice-request |
| 2720 | no option splice-request |
| 2721 | Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests |
| 2722 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2723 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2724 | Arguments : none |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy |
| 2727 | will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from |
| 2728 | the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there |
| 2729 | are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at |
| 2730 | compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice". |
| 2731 | Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes. |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations. |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 | Example : |
| 2736 | option splice-request |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2739 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options |
| 2742 | "nosplice" and "maxpipes" |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | option splice-response |
| 2746 | no option splice-response |
| 2747 | Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses |
| 2748 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2749 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2750 | Arguments : none |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy |
| 2753 | will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from |
| 2754 | the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there |
| 2755 | are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at |
| 2756 | compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice". |
| 2757 | Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes. |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations. |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | Example : |
| 2762 | option splice-response |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2765 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options |
| 2768 | "nosplice" and "maxpipes" |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2771 | option srvtcpka |
| 2772 | no option srvtcpka |
| 2773 | Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side |
| 2774 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2775 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2776 | Arguments : none |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and |
| 2779 | a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle |
| 2780 | periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate |
| 2781 | components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long. |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 | Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets |
| 2784 | to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between |
| 2785 | keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the |
| 2786 | operating system and its tuning parameters. |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor |
| 2789 | received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees |
| 2790 | them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives |
| 2791 | to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be |
| 2792 | forwarded to the other side of the proxy. |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive. |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the |
| 2797 | server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are |
| 2798 | noticed between HAProxy and a server. |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2801 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka" |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 | option ssl-hello-chk |
| 2807 | Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing |
| 2808 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2809 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2810 | Arguments : none |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is |
| 2813 | possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing |
| 2814 | that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure |
| 2815 | SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to |
| 2816 | the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message. |
| 2817 | The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server |
| 2818 | hello message. |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages, |
| 2821 | and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello |
| 2822 | messages, which is appreciable. |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 | See also: "option httpchk" |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9ea05a7 | 2009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | option tcp-smart-accept |
| 2828 | no option tcp-smart-accept |
| 2829 | Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence |
| 2830 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2831 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2832 | Arguments : none |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on |
| 2835 | behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the |
| 2836 | system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new |
| 2837 | connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we |
| 2838 | have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could |
| 2839 | very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response. |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid |
| 2842 | sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least |
| 2843 | Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway |
| 2844 | after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come. |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable |
| 2847 | this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex |
| 2848 | when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to |
| 2849 | fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept". |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying |
| 2852 | "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services |
| 2853 | such as SMTP where the server speaks first. |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 | It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case |
| 2856 | of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the |
| 2857 | "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword. |
| 2858 | |
Willy Tarreau | d88edf2 | 2009-06-14 15:48:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | See also : "option tcp-smart-connect" |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 | option tcp-smart-connect |
| 2863 | no option tcp-smart-connect |
| 2864 | Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence |
| 2865 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2866 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2867 | Arguments : none |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 | On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to |
| 2870 | immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly |
| 2871 | send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and |
| 2872 | thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they |
| 2873 | immediately get the request along with the incoming connection. |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 | This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend. |
| 2876 | It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more |
| 2877 | complex. |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 | It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first |
| 2880 | such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of |
| 2881 | the ACK, a normal ACK is sent. |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2884 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | See also : "option tcp-smart-accept" |
| 2887 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9ea05a7 | 2009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | option tcpka |
| 2890 | Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides |
| 2891 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2892 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2893 | Arguments : none |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and |
| 2896 | a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle |
| 2897 | periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate |
| 2898 | components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long. |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets |
| 2901 | to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between |
| 2902 | keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the |
| 2903 | operating system and its tuning parameters. |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor |
| 2906 | received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees |
| 2907 | them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives |
| 2908 | to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be |
| 2909 | forwarded to the other side of the proxy. |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive. |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both |
| 2914 | the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful |
| 2915 | only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a |
| 2916 | frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is |
| 2917 | used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this |
| 2918 | reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and |
| 2919 | "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and |
| 2920 | backends. |
| 2921 | |
| 2922 | See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka" |
| 2923 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | |
| 2925 | option tcplog |
| 2926 | Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers |
| 2927 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2928 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2929 | Arguments : none |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the |
| 2932 | source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying |
| 2933 | "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but |
| 2934 | not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections |
| 2935 | numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source |
| 2936 | address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to |
| 2937 | find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP |
| 2938 | proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete. |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend. |
| 2941 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2942 | See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2943 | |
| 2944 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2945 | option transparent |
| 2946 | no option transparent |
| 2947 | Enable client-side transparent proxying |
| 2948 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | Arguments : none |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3 |
| 2953 | load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming |
| 2954 | connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let |
| 2955 | this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is |
| 2956 | used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination |
| 2957 | IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another |
| 2958 | equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the |
| 2959 | appropriate server. |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy |
| 2962 | present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection. |
| 2963 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the |
| 2965 | "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 | |
Emeric Brun | 647caf1 | 2009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | persist rdp-cookie |
| 2969 | persist rdp-cookie(name) |
| 2970 | Enable RDP cookie-based persistence |
| 2971 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2972 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2973 | Arguments : |
| 2974 | <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the |
| 2975 | default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is |
| 2976 | no valid reason to change this name. |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie |
| 2979 | contains all information required to find the server in the list of known |
| 2980 | servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed |
| 2981 | and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server |
| 2982 | which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is |
| 2983 | forwarded to this server. |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 | Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the |
| 2986 | frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present |
| 2987 | in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie" |
| 2988 | load-balancing method. Thus it is higly recommended to put all statements in |
| 2989 | a single "listen" section. |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 | Example : |
| 2992 | listen tse-farm |
| 2993 | bind :3389 |
| 2994 | # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request |
| 2995 | tcp-request inspect-delay 5s |
| 2996 | tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE |
| 2997 | # apply RDP cookie persistence |
| 2998 | persist rdp-cookie |
| 2999 | # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie. |
| 3000 | # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too. |
| 3001 | balance rdp-cookie |
| 3002 | server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389 |
| 3003 | server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389 |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL. |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3a7d207 | 2009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | rate-limit sessions <rate> |
| 3009 | Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend |
| 3010 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3011 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 3012 | Arguments : |
| 3013 | <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number |
| 3014 | of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend. |
| 3015 | |
| 3016 | When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it |
| 3017 | stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again. |
| 3018 | During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog |
| 3019 | (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are |
| 3020 | pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make |
| 3021 | sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword. |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks |
| 3024 | or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every |
| 3025 | millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately, |
| 3026 | no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold. |
| 3027 | |
| 3028 | Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max |
| 3029 | listen smtp |
| 3030 | mode tcp |
| 3031 | bind :25 |
| 3032 | rate-limit sessions 10 |
| 3033 | server 127.0.0.1:1025 |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as |
| 3036 | "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated. |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion. |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3041 | redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition> |
| 3042 | redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition> |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3043 | Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched |
| 3044 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3045 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3048 | response. |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3049 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3050 | Arguments : |
| 3051 | <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into |
| 3052 | the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the |
| 3053 | "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the |
| 3054 | complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query" |
Willy Tarreau | fe651a5 | 2008-11-19 21:15:17 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to> |
| 3056 | equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted |
| 3057 | before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same |
| 3058 | URL. |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | |
| 3060 | <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection |
| 3061 | is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is |
| 3062 | used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and |
| 3063 | a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently" |
| 3064 | and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303 |
| 3065 | is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the |
| 3066 | location with a GET method. |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the |
| 3069 | expected behaviour of a redirection : |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 | - "drop-query" |
| 3072 | When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the |
| 3073 | location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful |
| 3074 | for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect |
| 3075 | with a location-type redirect. |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | - "set-cookie NAME[=value]" |
| 3078 | A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value") |
| 3079 | to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has |
| 3080 | been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other |
| 3081 | cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note |
| 3082 | that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is |
| 3083 | different from a cookie with an equal sign. |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | - "clear-cookie NAME[=]" |
| 3086 | A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but |
| 3087 | with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to |
| 3088 | delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is |
| 3089 | important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a |
| 3090 | cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for |
| 3091 | that, because the browser makes the difference. |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | |
| 3093 | Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS. |
| 3094 | acl clear dst_port 80 |
| 3095 | acl secure dst_port 8080 |
| 3096 | acl login_page url_beg /login |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | acl logout url_beg /logout |
Willy Tarreau | 79da469 | 2008-11-19 20:03:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+ |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1 |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 | redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set |
Willy Tarreau | 79da469 | 2008-11-19 20:03:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure |
| 3103 | redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given |
| 3104 | redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3106 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | See section 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | |
| 3109 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | redisp (deprecated) |
| 3111 | redispatch (deprecated) |
| 3112 | Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure |
| 3113 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3114 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3115 | Arguments : none |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3116 | |
| 3117 | In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may |
| 3118 | definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not |
| 3119 | be able to access the service anymore. |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and |
| 3122 | redistribute them to a working server. |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple |
| 3125 | connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero |
| 3126 | value. |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new |
| 3129 | "option redispatch" instead. |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | See also : "option redispatch" |
| 3132 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3133 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 | reqadd <string> |
| 3135 | Add a header at the end of the HTTP request |
| 3136 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3137 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3138 | Arguments : |
| 3139 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 3140 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3141 | 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3142 | |
| 3143 | A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after |
| 3144 | the last header of an HTTP request. |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3147 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3148 | responses. |
| 3149 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3150 | See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3151 | |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | reqallow <search> |
| 3154 | reqiallow <search> (ignore case) |
| 3155 | Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression |
| 3156 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3157 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3158 | Arguments : |
| 3159 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3160 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3161 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3162 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3163 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 3164 | "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow" |
| 3165 | ignores case. |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3168 | <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would |
| 3169 | result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request |
| 3170 | headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while |
| 3171 | header names are not. |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 3174 | Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs. |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | Example : |
| 3177 | # allow www.* but refuse *.local |
| 3178 | reqiallow ^Host:\ www\. |
| 3179 | reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local |
| 3180 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3181 | See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 | manipulation |
| 3183 | |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | reqdel <search> |
| 3186 | reqidel <search> (ignore case) |
| 3187 | Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request |
| 3188 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3189 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3190 | Arguments : |
| 3191 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3192 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3193 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3194 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3195 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel" |
| 3196 | keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case. |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request |
| 3199 | will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted |
| 3200 | and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the |
| 3201 | next servers. |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3204 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3205 | responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive. |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 | Example : |
| 3208 | # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie |
| 3209 | reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.* |
| 3210 | reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER= |
| 3211 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 | See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | manipulation |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 | reqdeny <search> |
| 3217 | reqideny <search> (ignore case) |
| 3218 | Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression |
| 3219 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3220 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3221 | Arguments : |
| 3222 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3223 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3224 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3225 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3226 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 3227 | "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores |
| 3228 | case. |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3231 | <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would |
| 3232 | result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request |
| 3233 | headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while |
| 3234 | header names are not. |
| 3235 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3236 | A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3237 | complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3238 | using ACLs. |
| 3239 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 3241 | Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs. |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 | Example : |
| 3244 | # refuse *.local, then allow www.* |
| 3245 | reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local |
| 3246 | reqiallow ^Host:\ www\. |
| 3247 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3248 | See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | header manipulation |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | reqpass <search> |
| 3253 | reqipass <search> (ignore case) |
| 3254 | Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules |
| 3255 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3256 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3257 | Arguments : |
| 3258 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3259 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3260 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3261 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3262 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 3263 | "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores |
| 3264 | case. |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3267 | <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict. |
| 3268 | The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in |
| 3269 | mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not. |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 3272 | Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs. |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 | Example : |
| 3275 | # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local" |
| 3276 | reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local |
| 3277 | reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local |
| 3278 | reqiallow ^Host:\ www\. |
| 3279 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3280 | See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3281 | header manipulation |
| 3282 | |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 | reqrep <search> <string> |
| 3285 | reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case) |
| 3286 | Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line |
| 3287 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3288 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3289 | Arguments : |
| 3290 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3291 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3292 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3293 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3294 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep" |
| 3295 | keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case. |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 3298 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched |
| 3299 | pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N |
| 3300 | being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3301 | 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 | |
| 3303 | Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both |
| 3304 | the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>. |
| 3305 | Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers. |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3308 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3309 | responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough |
| 3310 | spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in |
| 3311 | request line are case-sensitive while header names are not. |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 | Example : |
| 3314 | # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path. |
| 3315 | reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2 |
| 3316 | # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name. |
| 3317 | reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www |
| 3318 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3319 | See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 | manipulation |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | reqtarpit <search> |
| 3324 | reqitarpit <search> (ignore case) |
| 3325 | Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression |
| 3326 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3327 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3328 | Arguments : |
| 3329 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3330 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3331 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3332 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3333 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 3334 | "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit" |
| 3335 | ignores case. |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3338 | <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3339 | be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so |
| 3340 | that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will |
| 3341 | be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3342 | delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is |
| 3343 | not set. |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with |
| 3346 | identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections |
| 3347 | and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to |
| 3348 | come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly |
| 3349 | efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls. |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | Example : |
| 3352 | # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but |
| 3353 | # block all others. |
| 3354 | reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE) |
| 3355 | reqitarpit ^User-Agent: |
| 3356 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 | manipulation |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | |
Willy Tarreau | e5c5ce9 | 2008-06-20 17:27:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3361 | retries <value> |
| 3362 | Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure |
| 3363 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3364 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3365 | Arguments : |
| 3366 | <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on |
| 3367 | a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The |
| 3368 | default value is 3. |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of |
| 3371 | connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively |
| 3372 | been established to a server, there will be no more retry. |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting, |
| 3375 | a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs. |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another |
| 3378 | server even if a cookie references a different server. |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | See also : "option redispatch" |
| 3381 | |
| 3382 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 | rspadd <string> |
| 3384 | Add a header at the end of the HTTP response |
| 3385 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3386 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3387 | Arguments : |
| 3388 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 3389 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3390 | 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3391 | |
| 3392 | A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after |
| 3393 | the last header of an HTTP response. |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3396 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3397 | responses. |
| 3398 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 | See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | rspdel <search> |
| 3403 | rspidel <search> (ignore case) |
| 3404 | Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response |
| 3405 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3406 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3407 | Arguments : |
| 3408 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3409 | response line. This is an extended regular expression, so |
| 3410 | parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash |
| 3411 | is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using |
| 3412 | a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. |
| 3413 | The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel" |
| 3414 | ignores case. |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response |
| 3417 | will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted |
| 3418 | and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the |
| 3419 | client. |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3422 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3423 | responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive. |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | Example : |
| 3426 | # remove the Server header from responses |
| 3427 | reqidel ^Server:.* |
| 3428 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3429 | See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3430 | manipulation |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | rspdeny <search> |
| 3434 | rspideny <search> (ignore case) |
| 3435 | Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression |
| 3436 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3437 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3438 | Arguments : |
| 3439 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3440 | response line. This is an extended regular expression, so |
| 3441 | parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash |
| 3442 | is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using |
| 3443 | a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. |
| 3444 | The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny" |
| 3445 | ignores case. |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3448 | <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the |
| 3449 | response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not |
| 3450 | case-sensitive. |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 | Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3453 | block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it |
| 3454 | will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves |
| 3455 | any sensitive data. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3456 | |
| 3457 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 3458 | Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs. |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | Example : |
| 3461 | # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak |
| 3462 | rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word |
| 3463 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | manipulation |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | rsprep <search> <string> |
| 3469 | rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case) |
| 3470 | Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line |
| 3471 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3472 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3473 | Arguments : |
| 3474 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3475 | response line. This is an extended regular expression, so |
| 3476 | parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash |
| 3477 | is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using |
| 3478 | a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. |
| 3479 | The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep" |
| 3480 | ignores case. |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 3483 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched |
| 3484 | pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N |
| 3485 | being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3486 | 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3487 | |
| 3488 | Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both |
| 3489 | the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with |
| 3490 | <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers. |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3493 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3494 | responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough |
| 3495 | spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names |
| 3496 | are not case-sensitive. |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | Example : |
| 3499 | # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com" |
| 3500 | rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com |
| 3501 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3502 | See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3503 | manipulation |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3506 | server <name> <address>[:port] [param*] |
| 3507 | Declare a server in a backend |
| 3508 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3509 | no | no | yes | yes |
| 3510 | Arguments : |
| 3511 | <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will |
| 3512 | appear in logs and alerts. |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 | <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable |
| 3515 | hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during |
| 3516 | start-up. |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will |
| 3519 | be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client |
| 3520 | connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+" |
| 3521 | or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by |
| 3522 | adding this value to the client's port. |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords |
| 3525 | accepts an important number of options and has a complete section |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3526 | dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details. |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3527 | |
| 3528 | Examples : |
| 3529 | server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000 |
| 3530 | server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000 |
| 3531 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3532 | See also : section 5 about server options |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 | |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ] |
Willy Tarreau | d53f96b | 2009-02-04 18:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3536 | source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>] |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 | Set the source address for outgoing connections |
| 3538 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3539 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3540 | Arguments : |
| 3541 | <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a |
| 3542 | server. This address is also used as a source for health checks. |
| 3543 | The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select |
| 3544 | the most appropriate address to reach its destination. |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful |
| 3547 | in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means |
Willy Tarreau | c6f4ce8 | 2009-06-10 11:09:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 | the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not |
| 3549 | supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you |
| 3550 | have to specify them on each "server" line. |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3551 | |
| 3552 | <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are |
| 3553 | forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only |
| 3554 | supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is |
| 3555 | specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented |
| 3556 | with this address, while health checks will still use the address |
| 3557 | <addr>. |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections |
| 3560 | are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above). |
| 3561 | The default value of zero means the system will select a free |
| 3562 | port. |
| 3563 | |
Willy Tarreau | d53f96b | 2009-02-04 18:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3564 | <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing |
| 3565 | traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only |
| 3566 | Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to |
| 3567 | this interface even if it is not the one the system would select |
| 3568 | based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care. |
| 3569 | Note that using this option requires root privileges. |
| 3570 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3571 | The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific |
| 3572 | address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a |
| 3573 | private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is |
| 3574 | known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself. |
| 3575 | |
| 3576 | An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used |
| 3577 | through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the |
| 3578 | servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This |
| 3579 | is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination |
| 3580 | servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine |
| 3581 | running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine. |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP |
| 3584 | address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more |
| 3585 | common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this, |
| 3586 | there are two methods : |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent |
| 3589 | mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on |
| 3590 | the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different |
| 3591 | states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not |
| 3592 | limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all |
| 3593 | of the client ranges may be used. |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 | - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This |
| 3596 | solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream |
| 3597 | firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside |
| 3598 | of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports. |
| 3599 | However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP |
| 3600 | connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the |
| 3601 | same session. |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be |
| 3604 | required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an |
| 3605 | IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the |
| 3606 | IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing |
| 3607 | address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure |
| 3608 | forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation. |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 | This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may |
| 3611 | also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification |
| 3612 | is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3613 | section 5 for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | |
| 3615 | Examples : |
| 3616 | backend private |
| 3617 | # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address |
| 3618 | source 192.168.1.200 |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | backend transparent_ssl1 |
| 3621 | # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address |
| 3622 | source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | backend transparent_ssl2 |
| 3625 | # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port |
| 3626 | # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine. |
| 3627 | source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | backend transparent_ssl3 |
| 3630 | # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It |
| 3631 | # is more conntrack-friendly. |
| 3632 | source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip |
| 3633 | |
| 3634 | backend transparent_smtp |
| 3635 | # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port |
| 3636 | # with Tproxy version 4. |
| 3637 | source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip |
| 3638 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 | See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3640 | the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword. |
| 3641 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3642 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3643 | srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 3644 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side. |
| 3645 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3646 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3647 | Arguments : |
| 3648 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 3649 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 3650 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or |
| 3653 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 3654 | during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the |
| 3655 | headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the |
| 3656 | request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with |
| 3657 | what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs |
| 3658 | to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly. |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 | The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other |
| 3661 | unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this |
| 3662 | document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly |
| 3663 | recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in |
| 3664 | order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3665 | response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3666 | packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 |
| 3667 | seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum). |
| 3668 | |
| 3669 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 3670 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 3671 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 3672 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 3673 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 3674 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated. |
| 3677 | Please use "timeout server" instead. |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout". |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3682 | stats auth <user>:<passwd> |
| 3683 | Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account |
| 3684 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3685 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3686 | Arguments : |
| 3687 | <user> is a user name to grant access to |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 | This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access |
| 3692 | to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to |
| 3693 | allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics |
| 3694 | without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that |
| 3695 | the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real |
| 3696 | which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm". |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords |
| 3699 | circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the |
| 3700 | configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users |
| 3701 | that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account. |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the |
| 3704 | report using "stats scope". |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3707 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3708 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 | Example : |
| 3711 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3712 | backend public_www |
| 3713 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3714 | stats enable |
| 3715 | stats hide-version |
| 3716 | stats scope . |
| 3717 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3718 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3719 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3720 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3723 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3724 | stats enable |
| 3725 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3726 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri" |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | stats enable |
| 3732 | Enable statistics reporting with default settings |
| 3733 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3734 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3735 | Arguments : none |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 | This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined |
| 3738 | at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used : |
| 3739 | - stats uri : /haproxy?stats |
| 3740 | - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics" |
| 3741 | - stats auth : no authentication |
| 3742 | - stats scope : no restriction |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3745 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3746 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3747 | |
| 3748 | Example : |
| 3749 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3750 | backend public_www |
| 3751 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3752 | stats enable |
| 3753 | stats hide-version |
| 3754 | stats scope . |
| 3755 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3756 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3757 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3758 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3761 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3762 | stats enable |
| 3763 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3764 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | |
Willy Tarreau | 1d45b7c | 2009-08-16 10:29:18 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3769 | stats node-name [ <name> ] |
| 3770 | Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page. |
| 3771 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3772 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3773 | Arguments : |
| 3774 | <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the system's |
| 3775 | hostname is automatically used instead. |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | The node-name is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped |
| 3778 | using a backslash ('\'). If it is left unspecified, the system's hostname is |
| 3779 | used instead. |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or |
| 3782 | servers share a same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all |
| 3783 | nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the |
| 3784 | traffic. |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3787 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3788 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3789 | |
| 3790 | Example : |
| 3791 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3792 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3793 | stats enable |
| 3794 | stats node-name master |
| 3795 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3796 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3797 | |
| 3798 | See also : "stats enable", "stats uri" |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | stats realm <realm> |
| 3802 | Enable statistics and set authentication realm |
| 3803 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3804 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3805 | Arguments : |
| 3806 | <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to |
| 3807 | the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up |
| 3808 | inviting the user to enter a valid username and password. |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped |
| 3811 | using a backslash ('\'). |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is |
| 3814 | only related to authentication. |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3817 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3818 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | Example : |
| 3821 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3822 | backend public_www |
| 3823 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3824 | stats enable |
| 3825 | stats hide-version |
| 3826 | stats scope . |
| 3827 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3828 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3829 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3830 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3833 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3834 | stats enable |
| 3835 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3836 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri" |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | stats refresh <delay> |
| 3842 | Enable statistics with automatic refresh |
| 3843 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3844 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3845 | Arguments : |
| 3846 | <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will |
| 3847 | be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the |
| 3848 | browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it |
| 3849 | and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may |
| 3850 | be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the |
| 3851 | unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page |
| 3854 | reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will |
| 3855 | include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether |
| 3856 | he wants automatic refresh of the page or not. |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3859 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3860 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | Example : |
| 3863 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3864 | backend public_www |
| 3865 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3866 | stats enable |
| 3867 | stats hide-version |
| 3868 | stats scope . |
| 3869 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3870 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3871 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3872 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3875 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3876 | stats enable |
| 3877 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3878 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 3881 | |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | stats scope { <name> | "." } |
| 3884 | Enable statistics and limit access scope |
| 3885 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3886 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3887 | Arguments : |
| 3888 | <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be |
| 3889 | reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the |
| 3890 | section in which the statement appears. |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 | When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this |
| 3893 | statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This |
| 3894 | statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be |
| 3895 | reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string |
| 3896 | comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really |
| 3897 | exists. |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3900 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3901 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 | Example : |
| 3904 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3905 | backend public_www |
| 3906 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3907 | stats enable |
| 3908 | stats hide-version |
| 3909 | stats scope . |
| 3910 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3911 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3912 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3913 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3916 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3917 | stats enable |
| 3918 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3919 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 | |
| 3924 | stats uri <prefix> |
| 3925 | Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them |
| 3926 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3927 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3928 | Arguments : |
| 3929 | <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This |
| 3930 | prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a |
| 3931 | query string. |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a |
| 3934 | page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the |
| 3935 | selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be |
| 3936 | possible to reach it in the application. |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 | The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be |
| 3939 | changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here. |
| 3940 | It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that |
| 3941 | intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string |
| 3942 | beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question |
| 3943 | mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words. |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that |
| 3946 | statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate |
| 3947 | an address or a port to statistics only. |
| 3948 | |
| 3949 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3950 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3951 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 | Example : |
| 3954 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3955 | backend public_www |
| 3956 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3957 | stats enable |
| 3958 | stats hide-version |
| 3959 | stats scope . |
| 3960 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3961 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3962 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3963 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3964 | |
| 3965 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3966 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3967 | stats enable |
| 3968 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3969 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm" |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | stats hide-version |
| 3975 | Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting |
| 3976 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3977 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3978 | Arguments : none |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with |
| 3981 | the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally |
| 3982 | considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them |
| 3983 | target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version" |
| 3984 | statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended |
| 3985 | for public sites or any site with a weak login/password. |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3988 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3989 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 | Example : |
| 3992 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3993 | backend public_www |
| 3994 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3995 | stats enable |
| 3996 | stats hide-version |
| 3997 | stats scope . |
| 3998 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3999 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 4000 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 4001 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 4004 | backend private_monitoring |
| 4005 | stats enable |
| 4006 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 4007 | stats refresh 5s |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4012 | tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>] |
| 4013 | Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched |
| 4014 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4015 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the |
| 4018 | condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless"). |
| 4019 | Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an |
| 4020 | uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately |
| 4021 | stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand |
| 4022 | that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration |
| 4023 | order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no |
| 4024 | specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted. |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 | Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on |
| 4027 | the action, it is simply performed unconditionally. |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is |
| 4030 | "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another |
| 4031 | "reject" statement. |
| 4032 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4033 | See section 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4034 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4035 | See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay" |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4036 | |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>] |
| 4039 | Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched |
| 4040 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4041 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 | During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the |
| 4044 | condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless"). |
| 4045 | Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an |
| 4046 | uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately |
| 4047 | stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand |
| 4048 | that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration |
| 4049 | order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no |
| 4050 | specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted. |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on |
| 4053 | the action, it is simply performed unconditionally. |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to |
| 4056 | "accept". |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | Example: |
| 4059 | # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first |
| 4060 | tcp-request inspect-delay 30s |
| 4061 | acl content_present req_len gt 0 |
| 4062 | tcp-request reject if content_present |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 | # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks |
| 4065 | tcp-request inspect-delay 30s |
| 4066 | acl content_present req_len gt 0 |
| 4067 | tcp-request accept if content_present |
| 4068 | tcp-request reject |
| 4069 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4070 | See section 7 about ACL usage. |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4072 | See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay" |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4073 | |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 | tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout> |
| 4076 | Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection |
| 4077 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4078 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 4079 | Arguments : |
| 4080 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 4081 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4082 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the |
| 4085 | risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In |
| 4086 | order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold |
| 4087 | the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of |
| 4088 | data for at most the specified amount of time. |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole |
| 4091 | rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that |
| 4092 | those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay, |
| 4093 | a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the |
Willy Tarreau | d869b24 | 2009-03-15 14:43:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4094 | contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all |
| 4095 | and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information. |
| 4096 | Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such |
| 4097 | setups are not recommended. |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4098 | |
| 4099 | As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If |
| 4100 | the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let |
| 4101 | it pass through unaffected. |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 | For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients |
| 4104 | send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to |
| 4105 | cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense |
| 4106 | to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks |
| 4107 | before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing |
| 4108 | data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at |
| 4109 | least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first. |
| 4110 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4111 | See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject", |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4112 | "timeout client". |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4115 | timeout check <timeout> |
| 4116 | Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already |
| 4117 | established. |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4120 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4121 | Arguments: |
| 4122 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 4123 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4124 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 | If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout |
| 4127 | for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is |
| 4128 | used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those |
| 4129 | who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks. |
| 4130 | Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of |
| 4131 | long "timeout connect". |
| 4132 | |
| 4133 | If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check |
| 4134 | timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version. |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 | In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal |
| 4137 | requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4138 | be smaller than "timeout server". |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4139 | |
| 4140 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 4141 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 4142 | forget about it. |
| 4143 | |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4144 | See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server", |
| 4145 | "timeout tarpit". |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4146 | |
| 4147 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4148 | timeout client <timeout> |
| 4149 | timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 4150 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side. |
| 4151 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4152 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 4153 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4154 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4155 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4156 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 | The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or |
| 4159 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 4160 | during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the |
| 4161 | response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified |
| 4162 | in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is |
| 4163 | suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode |
| 4164 | (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the |
| 4165 | client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4166 | situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4167 | losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds |
| 4168 | (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 4171 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 4172 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 4173 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 4174 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 4175 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended |
| 4178 | to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is |
| 4179 | provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged. |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 | See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server". |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | timeout connect <timeout> |
| 4185 | timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 4186 | Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed. |
| 4187 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4188 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4189 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4190 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4191 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4192 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 | If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4195 | immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4196 | cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are |
| 4197 | slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4198 | connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value |
| 4199 | if these have not been specified. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4200 | |
| 4201 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 4202 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 4203 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 4204 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 4205 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in |
| 4206 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended |
| 4209 | to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is |
| 4210 | provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged. |
| 4211 | |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4212 | See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout", |
| 4213 | "timeout tarpit". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4214 | |
| 4215 | |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4216 | timeout http-request <timeout> |
| 4217 | Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request |
| 4218 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | cd7afc0 | 2009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4219 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4220 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4221 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4222 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4223 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum |
| 4226 | accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client |
| 4227 | timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which |
| 4228 | nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against |
| 4229 | this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the |
| 4230 | attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not |
| 4231 | trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client |
| 4232 | types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time. |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and |
| 4235 | not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not |
| 4236 | used anymore. |
| 4237 | |
| 4238 | Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the |
| 4239 | full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP |
| 4240 | retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will |
| 4241 | generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This |
| 4242 | will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet. |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each |
Willy Tarreau | cd7afc0 | 2009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4245 | chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take |
| 4246 | effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's |
| 4247 | timeout will be used. |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4248 | |
| 4249 | See also : "timeout client". |
| 4250 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4251 | |
| 4252 | timeout queue <timeout> |
| 4253 | Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free |
| 4254 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4255 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4256 | Arguments : |
| 4257 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 4258 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4259 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 | When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue |
| 4262 | which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait |
| 4263 | indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the |
| 4264 | timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be |
| 4265 | served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client. |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 | The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to |
| 4268 | be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's |
| 4269 | connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility |
| 4270 | with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter. |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout". |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 | timeout server <timeout> |
| 4276 | timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 4277 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side. |
| 4278 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4279 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 4280 | Arguments : |
| 4281 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 4282 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4283 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 | The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or |
| 4286 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 4287 | during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the |
| 4288 | headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the |
| 4289 | request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with |
| 4290 | what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs |
| 4291 | to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly. |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 | The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other |
| 4294 | unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this |
| 4295 | document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly |
| 4296 | recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in |
| 4297 | order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4298 | response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4299 | packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 |
| 4300 | seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum). |
| 4301 | |
| 4302 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 4303 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 4304 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 4305 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 4306 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 4307 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 4308 | |
| 4309 | This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended |
| 4310 | to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is |
| 4311 | provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged. |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client". |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | timeout tarpit <timeout> |
| 4317 | Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained |
| 4318 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4319 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 4320 | Arguments : |
| 4321 | <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 4322 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 4323 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with |
| 4326 | no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit" |
| 4327 | defines how long it will be maintained open. |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other |
| 4330 | unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this |
| 4331 | document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout |
| 4332 | ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions |
| 4333 | with no "timeout tapit" parameter. |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 | See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout". |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | transparent (deprecated) |
| 4339 | Enable client-side transparent proxying |
| 4340 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4341 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4342 | Arguments : none |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 | This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer |
| 4345 | 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming |
| 4346 | connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let |
| 4347 | this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is |
| 4348 | used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination |
| 4349 | IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another |
| 4350 | equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the |
| 4351 | appropriate server. |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead. |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 | Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy |
| 4356 | present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection. |
| 4357 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4358 | See also: "option transparent" |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | use_backend <backend> if <condition> |
| 4362 | use_backend <backend> unless <condition> |
Willy Tarreau | 1d0dfb1 | 2009-07-07 15:10:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4363 | Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4364 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4365 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 4366 | Arguments : |
| 4367 | <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section. |
| 4368 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4369 | <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4370 | |
| 4371 | When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then |
| 4372 | dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The |
| 4373 | relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the |
Willy Tarreau | 1d0dfb1 | 2009-07-07 15:10:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4374 | "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can |
| 4375 | also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg: |
| 4376 | source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for |
| 4377 | some payload. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4378 | |
| 4379 | There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are |
| 4380 | evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will |
| 4381 | assign the backend. |
| 4382 | |
| 4383 | In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the |
| 4384 | second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no |
| 4385 | condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used. |
| 4386 | If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are |
| 4387 | used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is |
| 4388 | used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned. |
| 4389 | |
Willy Tarreau | 51aecc7 | 2009-07-12 09:47:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4390 | Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In |
| 4391 | this case, etiher the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP, |
| 4392 | and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for |
| 4393 | a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend |
| 4394 | must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP. |
| 4395 | |
Willy Tarreau | 1d0dfb1 | 2009-07-07 15:10:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4396 | See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4397 | |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4398 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4399 | 5. Server options |
| 4400 | ----------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4401 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4402 | The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed |
| 4403 | as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does |
| 4404 | not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words |
| 4405 | (booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case, |
| 4406 | the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be |
| 4407 | specified after the server's address if they are used : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4408 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4409 | server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...] |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4410 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4411 | The currently supported settings are the following ones. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4412 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4413 | addr <ipv4> |
| 4414 | Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address |
| 4415 | to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP |
| 4416 | address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more |
| 4417 | suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if |
| 4418 | the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4419 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4420 | backup |
| 4421 | When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load |
| 4422 | balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming |
| 4423 | with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served |
| 4424 | though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless |
| 4425 | the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups" |
| 4426 | option. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4427 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4428 | check |
| 4429 | This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is |
| 4430 | always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive |
| 4431 | periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests. |
| 4432 | The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server, |
| 4433 | and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is |
| 4434 | possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the |
| 4435 | "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the |
| 4436 | interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The |
| 4437 | request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk", |
| 4438 | and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for |
| 4439 | more information. |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 | cookie <value> |
| 4442 | The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to |
| 4443 | <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first |
| 4444 | operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in |
| 4445 | cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie |
| 4446 | sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing |
| 4447 | the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and |
| 4448 | backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section. |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | fall <count> |
| 4451 | The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after |
| 4452 | <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if |
| 4453 | unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters. |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | id <value> |
| 4456 | Set a persistent value for server ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as |
| 4457 | smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids. |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | inter <delay> |
| 4460 | fastinter <delay> |
| 4461 | downinter <delay> |
| 4462 | The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks |
| 4463 | to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms. |
| 4464 | It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays |
| 4465 | between checks depending on the server state : |
| 4466 | |
| 4467 | Server state | Interval used |
| 4468 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 4469 | UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter" |
| 4470 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 4471 | Transitionally UP (going down), | |
| 4472 | Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise. |
| 4473 | or yet unchecked. | |
| 4474 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 4475 | DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise. |
| 4476 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any |
| 4479 | other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also |
| 4480 | serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is |
| 4481 | not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are |
| 4482 | hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started |
| 4483 | with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random |
| 4484 | noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks" |
| 4485 | keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same |
| 4486 | servers. |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 | maxconn <maxconn> |
| 4489 | The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent |
| 4490 | connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming |
| 4491 | concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting |
| 4492 | for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can |
| 4493 | save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn" |
| 4494 | parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0" |
| 4495 | which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and |
| 4496 | the backend's "fullconn" keyword. |
| 4497 | |
| 4498 | maxqueue <maxqueue> |
| 4499 | The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which |
| 4500 | will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next |
| 4501 | requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely |
| 4502 | waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to |
| 4503 | quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The |
| 4504 | default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the |
| 4505 | "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters. |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 | minconn <minconn> |
| 4508 | When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic |
| 4509 | limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least |
| 4510 | <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on |
| 4511 | the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn> |
| 4512 | concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the |
| 4513 | server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without |
| 4514 | overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn" |
| 4515 | and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword. |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | port <port> |
| 4518 | Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to |
| 4519 | send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port |
| 4520 | to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable |
| 4521 | to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in |
| 4522 | inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not |
| 4523 | set. See also the "addr" parameter. |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 | redir <prefix> |
| 4526 | The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD |
| 4527 | requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy |
| 4528 | forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with |
| 4529 | the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the |
| 4530 | requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means |
| 4531 | that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests |
| 4532 | will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by |
| 4533 | the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header |
| 4534 | mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in |
| 4535 | requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct |
| 4536 | users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in |
| 4537 | increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly |
| 4538 | connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a |
| 4539 | loop between the client and HAProxy! |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 | rise <count> |
| 4544 | The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational |
| 4545 | after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2 |
| 4546 | if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters. |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | slowstart <start_time_in_ms> |
| 4549 | The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which |
| 4550 | indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at |
| 4551 | full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered |
| 4552 | in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows |
| 4553 | linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two |
| 4554 | parameters : |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1 |
| 4557 | to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn). |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight |
| 4560 | grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every |
| 4561 | health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter |
| 4562 | is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps. |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 | The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause |
| 4565 | trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously |
| 4566 | seen as failed. |
| 4567 | |
Willy Tarreau | c6f4ce8 | 2009-06-10 11:09:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4568 | source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ] |
| 4569 | source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ... |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4570 | The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when |
| 4571 | connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle |
| 4572 | as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server |
| 4573 | referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details. |
| 4574 | |
Willy Tarreau | c6f4ce8 | 2009-06-10 11:09:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4575 | Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a |
| 4576 | source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a |
| 4577 | dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a |
| 4578 | source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for |
| 4579 | several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k |
| 4580 | total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per |
| 4581 | server. |
| 4582 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4583 | track [<proxy>/]<server> |
| 4584 | This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by |
| 4585 | tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked |
| 4586 | so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another |
| 4587 | one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is |
| 4588 | used, it has to be enabled on both proxies. |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 | weight <weight> |
| 4591 | The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to |
| 4592 | other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight |
| 4593 | relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the |
Willy Tarreau | 6704d67 | 2009-06-15 10:56:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4594 | load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0 |
| 4595 | means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept |
| 4596 | persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load |
| 4597 | according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which |
| 4598 | can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough |
| 4599 | room above and below for later adjustments. |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4600 | |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 | 6. HTTP header manipulation |
| 4603 | --------------------------- |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 | In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and |
| 4606 | response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a |
| 4607 | request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression, |
| 4608 | which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect |
| 4609 | against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation |
| 4610 | to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers |
| 4611 | passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent |
| 4612 | headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy |
| 4613 | never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers. |
| 4614 | |
Willy Tarreau | 816b979 | 2009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4615 | There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response" |
| 4616 | (status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny, |
| 4617 | rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such |
| 4618 | messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers |
| 4619 | in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may |
| 4620 | happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would inconditionally |
| 4621 | add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen, |
| 4622 | normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages. |
| 4623 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4624 | This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail |
| 4625 | in section 4.2 : |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 | - reqadd <string> |
| 4628 | - reqallow <search> |
| 4629 | - reqiallow <search> |
| 4630 | - reqdel <search> |
| 4631 | - reqidel <search> |
| 4632 | - reqdeny <search> |
| 4633 | - reqideny <search> |
| 4634 | - reqpass <search> |
| 4635 | - reqipass <search> |
| 4636 | - reqrep <search> <replace> |
| 4637 | - reqirep <search> <replace> |
| 4638 | - reqtarpit <search> |
| 4639 | - reqitarpit <search> |
| 4640 | - rspadd <string> |
| 4641 | - rspdel <search> |
| 4642 | - rspidel <search> |
| 4643 | - rspdeny <search> |
| 4644 | - rspideny <search> |
| 4645 | - rsprep <search> <replace> |
| 4646 | - rspirep <search> <replace> |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 | With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter |
| 4649 | is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through |
| 4650 | parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be |
| 4651 | prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter. |
| 4652 | Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning : |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 | \t for a tab |
| 4655 | \r for a carriage return (CR) |
| 4656 | \n for a new line (LF) |
| 4657 | \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter |
| 4658 | \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment |
| 4659 | \\ to use a backslash in a regex |
| 4660 | \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy) |
| 4661 | \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 | The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest |
| 4664 | portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters |
| 4665 | above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the |
| 4666 | regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to |
| 4667 | 9 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice |
| 4668 | is very common to users of the "sed" program. |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added |
| 4671 | after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above. |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | Notes related to these keywords : |
| 4674 | --------------------------------- |
| 4675 | - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header |
| 4676 | contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword |
| 4677 | instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules. |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 | - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference |
| 4680 | a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way |
| 4681 | headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon). |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 | - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to |
| 4684 | rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes |
| 4685 | it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix |
| 4686 | ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix |
| 4687 | ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon. |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to |
| 4690 | a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This |
| 4691 | should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short |
| 4692 | on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some |
| 4693 | useless headers before adding new ones. |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart |
| 4696 | without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns. |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 | - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules |
| 4699 | from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend |
| 4700 | will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses. |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 | - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is |
| 4703 | always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting |
| 4704 | before switching. |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 | 7. Using ACLs |
| 4708 | ------------- |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 | The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform |
| 4711 | content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted |
| 4712 | from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is |
| 4713 | simple : |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | - define test criteria with sets of values |
| 4716 | - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 | The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend. |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 | In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is : |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ... |
| 4723 | |
| 4724 | This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests. |
| 4725 | Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion> |
| 4726 | and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support |
| 4727 | an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are |
| 4728 | of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces. |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 | ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash), |
| 4731 | '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive, |
| 4732 | which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs. |
| 4733 | |
| 4734 | There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect |
| 4735 | performance, they just consume a small amount of memory. |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 | The following ACL flags are currently supported : |
| 4738 | |
| 4739 | -i : ignore case during matching. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4740 | -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags. |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 | Supported types of values are : |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4743 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4744 | - integers or integer ranges |
| 4745 | - strings |
| 4746 | - regular expressions |
| 4747 | - IP addresses and networks |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4750 | 7.1. Matching integers |
| 4751 | ---------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4752 | |
| 4753 | Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note |
| 4754 | that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value |
| 4755 | expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which |
| 4756 | may be omitted. |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 | For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of |
| 4759 | unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid |
| 4760 | representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work. |
| 4761 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4762 | As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact |
| 4763 | two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for |
| 4764 | instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including |
| 4765 | ranges and operators. |
| 4766 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4767 | For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4768 | operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged. |
| 4769 | Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set |
| 4770 | of values. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4771 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4772 | Available operators for integer matching are : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4773 | |
| 4774 | eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value |
| 4775 | ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value |
| 4776 | gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value |
| 4777 | le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value |
| 4778 | lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value |
| 4779 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4780 | For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4781 | |
| 4782 | acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0 |
| 4783 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4784 | This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) : |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 | acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1 |
| 4787 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4788 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4789 | 7.2. Matching strings |
| 4790 | --------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4791 | |
| 4792 | String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the |
| 4793 | exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some |
| 4794 | characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first |
| 4795 | string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order |
| 4796 | to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4797 | before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--". |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4798 | |
| 4799 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4800 | 7.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes) |
| 4801 | ------------------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4802 | |
| 4803 | Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as |
| 4804 | they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it |
| 4805 | possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is |
| 4806 | passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring |
| 4807 | the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4808 | the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to |
| 4809 | match the string "--". |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4810 | |
| 4811 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4812 | 7.4. Matching IPv4 addresses |
| 4813 | ---------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4814 | |
| 4815 | IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a |
| 4816 | netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is |
| 4817 | within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4818 | host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4819 | difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should |
| 4820 | at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration |
| 4821 | does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is |
| 4822 | parsed. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4823 | |
| 4824 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4825 | 7.5. Available matching criteria |
| 4826 | -------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4827 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4828 | 7.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below |
| 4829 | ------------------------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4830 | |
| 4831 | A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any |
| 4832 | analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP |
| 4833 | addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream. |
| 4834 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4835 | always_false |
| 4836 | This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as |
| 4837 | a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations. |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 | always_true |
| 4840 | This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as |
| 4841 | a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations. |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 | src <ip_address> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4844 | Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4845 | certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source |
| 4846 | address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy. |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 | src_port <integer> |
| 4849 | Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage. |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | dst <ip_address> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4852 | Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4853 | switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses. |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | dst_port <integer> |
| 4856 | Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch |
| 4857 | to a different backend for some alternative ports. |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | dst_conn <integer> |
| 4860 | Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend, |
| 4861 | including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4862 | page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4863 | when the farm is considered saturated. |
| 4864 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4865 | nbsrv <integer> |
| 4866 | nbsrv(backend) <integer> |
| 4867 | Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend |
| 4868 | or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to |
| 4869 | switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to |
| 4870 | to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with |
| 4871 | "monitor fail". |
| 4872 | |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4873 | connslots <integer> |
| 4874 | connslots(backend) <integer> |
| 4875 | The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots" |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4876 | still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4877 | usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend. |
| 4878 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4879 | 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of |
| 4880 | available server queue slots. |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4881 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4882 | Note that while "dst_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially |
| 4883 | useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into |
| 4884 | multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and |
| 4885 | you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their |
| 4886 | available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are |
| 4887 | actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of |
| 4888 | available connection slots as well. |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4889 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4890 | OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care |
| 4891 | of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0, |
| 4892 | then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned |
| 4893 | will be -1. |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4894 | |
Willy Tarreau | 079ff0a | 2009-03-05 21:34:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4895 | fe_sess_rate <integer> |
| 4896 | fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer> |
| 4897 | Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named |
| 4898 | frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions |
| 4899 | per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in |
| 4900 | order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be |
| 4901 | combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for |
| 4902 | the rate to go down below the limit. |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 | Example : |
| 4905 | # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100 |
| 4906 | # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and |
| 4907 | # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to |
| 4908 | # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second. |
| 4909 | frontend mail |
| 4910 | bind :25 |
| 4911 | mode tcp |
| 4912 | maxconn 100 |
| 4913 | acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10 |
| 4914 | tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms |
| 4915 | tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast |
| 4916 | tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 | be_sess_rate <integer> |
| 4919 | be_sess_rate(backend) <integer> |
| 4920 | Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the |
| 4921 | specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is |
| 4922 | used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one |
| 4923 | reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent |
| 4924 | sucking of an online dictionary). |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | Example : |
| 4927 | # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often |
| 4928 | backend dynamic |
| 4929 | mode http |
| 4930 | acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100 |
| 4931 | redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned |
| 4932 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4933 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4934 | 7.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4 |
| 4935 | ----------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4936 | |
| 4937 | A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change |
| 4938 | during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance |
| 4939 | through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword |
| 4940 | for more detailed information on the subject. |
| 4941 | |
| 4942 | req_len <integer> |
Emeric Brun | bede3d0 | 2009-06-30 17:54:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4943 | Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4944 | specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not |
| 4945 | return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with |
| 4946 | equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the |
| 4947 | session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and |
| 4948 | return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in. |
| 4949 | This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection. |
| 4950 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2492d5b | 2009-07-11 00:06:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4951 | req_proto_http |
| 4952 | Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly |
| 4953 | parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which |
| 4954 | is used so there should be no surprizes. This test can be used for instance |
| 4955 | to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one |
| 4956 | using TCP request content inspection rules. |
| 4957 | |
Emeric Brun | bede3d0 | 2009-06-30 17:54:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4958 | req_rdp_cookie <string> |
| 4959 | req_rdp_cookie(name) <string> |
| 4960 | Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and |
| 4961 | a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is |
| 4962 | checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The |
| 4963 | parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol |
| 4964 | specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful |
| 4965 | with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client |
| 4966 | connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be |
| 4967 | used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users. |
| 4968 | |
| 4969 | req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer> |
| 4970 | req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer> |
| 4971 | Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol |
| 4972 | and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or |
| 4973 | one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way |
| 4974 | of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH |
| 4975 | cookies. |
| 4976 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4977 | req_ssl_ver <decimal> |
| 4978 | Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol |
| 4979 | version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3 |
| 4980 | messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being |
| 4981 | easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the |
| 4982 | message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note |
| 4983 | that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used |
| 4984 | with TCP request content inspection. |
| 4985 | |
Willy Tarreau | b6fb420 | 2008-07-20 11:18:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4986 | wait_end |
| 4987 | Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in |
| 4988 | conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early. |
| 4989 | It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some |
| 4990 | special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately |
| 4991 | returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule. |
| 4992 | Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior |
| 4993 | declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content |
| 4994 | inspection. |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 | Examples : |
| 4997 | # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds |
| 4998 | tcp-request inspect-delay 2s |
| 4999 | tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 | # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected |
| 5002 | tcp-request inspect-delay 10s |
| 5003 | acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24 |
| 5004 | acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24 |
| 5005 | tcp-request content accept if goodguys |
| 5006 | tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END |
| 5007 | tcp-request content reject |
| 5008 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5009 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5010 | 7.5.3. Matching at Layer 7 |
| 5011 | -------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5012 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5013 | A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5014 | application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been |
| 5015 | read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources |
| 5016 | than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed. |
| 5017 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5018 | method <string> |
| 5019 | Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL |
| 5020 | already check for most common methods. |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 | req_ver <string> |
| 5023 | Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined |
| 5024 | ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1. |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | path <string> |
| 5027 | Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first |
| 5028 | slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be |
| 5029 | used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico. |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | path_beg <string> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5032 | Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used |
| 5033 | to send certain directory names to alternative backends. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5034 | |
| 5035 | path_end <string> |
| 5036 | Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to |
| 5037 | control file name extension. |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | path_sub <string> |
| 5040 | Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to |
| 5041 | detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also |
| 5042 | "path_dir". |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 | path_dir <string> |
| 5045 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with |
| 5046 | slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name |
| 5047 | matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also |
| 5048 | "url_dir" and "path_sub". |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 | path_dom <string> |
| 5051 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots |
| 5052 | in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy |
| 5053 | requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom". |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | path_reg <regex> |
| 5056 | Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be |
| 5057 | used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower |
| 5058 | than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria. |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 | url <string> |
| 5061 | Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match |
| 5062 | "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL. |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 | url_beg <string> |
| 5065 | Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to |
| 5066 | check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme. |
| 5067 | |
| 5068 | url_end <string> |
| 5069 | Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited |
| 5070 | use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching. |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | url_sub <string> |
| 5073 | Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to |
| 5074 | detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub". |
| 5075 | |
| 5076 | url_dir <string> |
| 5077 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with |
| 5078 | slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name |
| 5079 | matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also |
| 5080 | "path_dir" and "url_sub". |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | url_dom <string> |
| 5083 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots |
| 5084 | in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of |
| 5085 | wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub". |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | url_reg <regex> |
| 5088 | Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be |
| 5089 | used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower |
| 5090 | than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria. |
| 5091 | |
Alexandre Cassen | 5eb1a90 | 2007-11-29 15:43:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5092 | url_ip <ip_address> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5093 | Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. |
| 5094 | It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network. |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5095 | It is useful with option "http_proxy". |
Alexandre Cassen | 5eb1a90 | 2007-11-29 15:43:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5096 | |
| 5097 | url_port <integer> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5098 | Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can |
| 5099 | be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5100 | "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80 |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5101 | is assumed. |
Alexandre Cassen | 5eb1a90 | 2007-11-29 15:43:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5102 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5103 | hdr <string> |
| 5104 | hdr(header) <string> |
| 5105 | Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a |
| 5106 | particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5107 | space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies |
| 5108 | with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5109 | |
| 5110 | The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5111 | match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5112 | instance, checking that "connection: close" is set : |
| 5113 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5114 | hdr(Connection) -i close |
Willy Tarreau | 21d2af3 | 2008-02-14 20:25:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5115 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5116 | hdr_beg <string> |
| 5117 | hdr_beg(header) <string> |
| 5118 | Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See |
| 5119 | "hdr" for more information on header matching. |
Willy Tarreau | 21d2af3 | 2008-02-14 20:25:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5120 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5121 | hdr_end <string> |
| 5122 | hdr_end(header) <string> |
| 5123 | Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr" |
| 5124 | for more information on header matching. |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5125 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5126 | hdr_sub <string> |
| 5127 | hdr_sub(header) <string> |
| 5128 | Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr" |
| 5129 | for more information on header matching. |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5130 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5131 | hdr_dir <string> |
| 5132 | hdr_dir(header) <string> |
| 5133 | Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either |
| 5134 | isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or |
| 5135 | directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more |
| 5136 | information on header matching. |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5137 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5138 | hdr_dom <string> |
| 5139 | hdr_dom(header) <string> |
| 5140 | Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either |
| 5141 | isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching, |
| 5142 | and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on |
| 5143 | header matching. |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5144 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5145 | hdr_reg <regex> |
| 5146 | hdr_reg(header) <regex> |
| 5147 | Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It |
| 5148 | can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching |
| 5149 | is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as |
| 5150 | "hdr" for more information on header matching. |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5151 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5152 | hdr_val <integer> |
| 5153 | hdr_val(header) <integer> |
| 5154 | Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the |
| 5155 | values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to |
| 5156 | acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header |
| 5157 | matching. |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5158 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5159 | hdr_cnt <integer> |
| 5160 | hdr_cnt(header) <integer> |
| 5161 | Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches |
| 5162 | the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header |
| 5163 | line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to |
| 5164 | detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block |
| 5165 | request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one |
| 5166 | of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c8b16fc | 2008-02-18 01:26:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5167 | |
Willy Tarreau | 106f979 | 2009-09-19 07:54:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5168 | hdr_ip <ip_address> |
| 5169 | hdr_ip(header) <ip_address> |
| 5170 | Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching |
| 5171 | <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or |
| 5172 | X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching. |
| 5173 | |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5174 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5175 | 7.6. Pre-defined ACLs |
| 5176 | --------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5177 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5178 | Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in |
| 5179 | every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in |
| 5180 | order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that |
| 5181 | only the first three ones are not layer 7 based. |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5182 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5183 | ACL name Equivalent to Usage |
| 5184 | ---------------+-----------------------------+--------------------------------- |
| 5185 | TRUE always_true always match |
| 5186 | FALSE always_false never match |
| 5187 | LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host |
Willy Tarreau | 2492d5b | 2009-07-11 00:06:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5188 | HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5189 | HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0 |
| 5190 | HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1 |
| 5191 | METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method |
| 5192 | METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method |
| 5193 | METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method |
| 5194 | METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method |
| 5195 | METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method |
| 5196 | METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method |
| 5197 | HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme |
| 5198 | HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/" |
| 5199 | HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*" |
| 5200 | HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length |
Emeric Brun | bede3d0 | 2009-06-30 17:54:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5201 | RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5202 | REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer |
| 5203 | WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis |
| 5204 | ---------------+-----------------------------+--------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5205 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5206 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5207 | 7.7. Using ACLs to form conditions |
| 5208 | ---------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5209 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5210 | Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a |
| 5211 | combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported : |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5212 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5213 | - AND (implicit) |
| 5214 | - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator) |
| 5215 | - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!") |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5216 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5217 | A condition is formed as a disjonctive form : |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5218 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5219 | [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ... |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5220 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5221 | Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement, |
| 5222 | indicating when the condition will trigger the action. |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5223 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5224 | For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than |
| 5225 | "OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD |
| 5226 | requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which |
| 5227 | is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS ! |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5228 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5229 | acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0 |
| 5230 | block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl |
| 5231 | block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT |
| 5232 | block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5233 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5234 | To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site |
| 5235 | and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts : |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5236 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5237 | acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css |
| 5238 | acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js |
| 5239 | acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www |
| 5240 | acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp. |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5241 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5242 | # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls |
| 5243 | # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest. |
| 5244 | use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static |
| 5245 | use_backend www if host_www |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5246 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5247 | See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords. |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5248 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5249 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5250 | 8. Logging |
| 5251 | ---------- |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5252 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5253 | One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably |
| 5254 | provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is |
| 5255 | very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information |
| 5256 | provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session |
| 5257 | state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions |
| 5258 | to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary |
| 5259 | headers. |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 | In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency |
| 5262 | about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to |
| 5263 | send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters : |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..) |
| 5266 | - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...) |
| 5267 | - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections) |
| 5268 | - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or |
| 5269 | at the termination. |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 | The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers |
| 5272 | allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon |
| 5273 | as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors, |
| 5274 | while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in |
| 5275 | real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour |
| 5276 | delay. |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5279 | 8.1. Log levels |
| 5280 | --------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5281 | |
| 5282 | TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time, |
| 5283 | source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times, |
| 5284 | HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions |
| 5285 | in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a |
| 5286 | particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5287 | syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5288 | facilities. |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5291 | 8.2. Log formats |
| 5292 | ---------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5293 | |
Emeric Brun | 3a058f3 | 2009-06-30 18:26:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5294 | HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5295 | and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with |
| 5296 | the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported |
| 5297 | formats are the following ones : |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only |
| 5300 | provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment |
| 5301 | it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name. |
| 5302 | This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great |
| 5303 | extents. |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 | - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option |
| 5306 | tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the |
| 5307 | connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer |
| 5308 | information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This |
| 5309 | format is recommended for pure TCP proxies. |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 | - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format |
| 5312 | is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the |
| 5313 | same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as |
| 5314 | the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This |
| 5315 | format is recommended for HTTP proxies. |
| 5316 | |
Emeric Brun | 3a058f3 | 2009-06-30 18:26:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5317 | - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the |
| 5318 | fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all |
| 5319 | timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the |
| 5320 | common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format. |
| 5321 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5322 | Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format |
| 5323 | specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a |
| 5324 | field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog |
| 5325 | servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is |
| 5326 | always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and |
| 5327 | identifier. |
| 5328 | |
| 5329 | Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below |
| 5330 | might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be |
| 5331 | prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is |
| 5332 | broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a |
| 5333 | backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters. |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5336 | 8.2.1. Default log format |
| 5337 | ------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5338 | |
| 5339 | This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon |
| 5340 | as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only |
| 5341 | format which logs the request's destination IP and ports. |
| 5342 | |
| 5343 | Example : |
| 5344 | listen www |
| 5345 | mode http |
| 5346 | log global |
| 5347 | server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000 |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 | >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \ |
| 5350 | haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \ |
| 5351 | (www/HTTP) |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 | Field Format Extract from the example above |
| 5354 | 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]: |
| 5355 | 2 'Connect from' Connect from |
| 5356 | 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312 |
| 5357 | 4 'to' to |
| 5358 | 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012 |
| 5359 | 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP) |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 | Detailed fields description : |
| 5362 | - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 5363 | - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 5364 | - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to. |
| 5365 | - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to. |
| 5366 | - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received |
| 5367 | and processed the connection. |
| 5368 | - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP). |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it |
| 5371 | will eventually disappear. |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5374 | 8.2.2. TCP log format |
| 5375 | --------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5376 | |
| 5377 | The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and |
| 5378 | is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious |
| 5379 | information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte |
| 5380 | counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be |
| 5381 | emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most |
| 5382 | environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match |
| 5383 | the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for |
| 5384 | sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5385 | specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will |
| 5386 | not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few |
| 5387 | fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are |
| 5388 | marked with a star ('*') after the field name below. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5389 | |
| 5390 | Example : |
| 5391 | frontend fnt |
| 5392 | mode tcp |
| 5393 | option tcplog |
| 5394 | log global |
| 5395 | default_backend bck |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | backend bck |
| 5398 | server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000 |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 | >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \ |
| 5401 | haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \ |
| 5402 | bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0 |
| 5403 | |
| 5404 | Field Format Extract from the example above |
| 5405 | 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]: |
| 5406 | 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313 |
| 5407 | 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] |
| 5408 | 4 frontend_name fnt |
| 5409 | 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1 |
| 5410 | 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007 |
| 5411 | 7 bytes_read* 212 |
| 5412 | 8 termination_state -- |
| 5413 | 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3 |
| 5414 | 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0 |
| 5415 | |
| 5416 | Detailed fields description : |
| 5417 | - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP |
| 5418 | connection to haproxy. |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 | - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy |
| 5423 | (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the |
| 5424 | network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually |
| 5425 | the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received |
| 5428 | and processed the connection. |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 | - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected |
| 5431 | to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the |
| 5432 | frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP |
| 5433 | applications. |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 | - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was |
| 5436 | sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors |
| 5437 | and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend |
| 5438 | which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching |
| 5439 | a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 | - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues. |
| 5442 | It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue. |
| 5443 | See "Timers" below for more details. |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to |
| 5446 | establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the |
| 5447 | connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See |
| 5448 | "Timers" below for more details. |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the |
| 5451 | last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if |
| 5452 | "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment |
| 5453 | the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value, |
| 5454 | indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more |
| 5455 | details. |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to |
| 5458 | the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the |
| 5459 | this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one |
| 5460 | may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log |
| 5461 | analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing. |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 | - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session |
| 5464 | ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of |
| 5465 | session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal |
| 5466 | flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with |
| 5467 | no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection" |
| 5468 | for more details. |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 | - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when |
| 5471 | the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system |
| 5472 | limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when |
| 5473 | multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits |
| 5474 | the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5475 | are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5476 | |
| 5477 | - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when |
| 5478 | the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource |
| 5479 | required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn" |
| 5480 | has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is |
| 5481 | because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be |
| 5482 | caused by a denial of service attack. |
| 5483 | |
| 5484 | - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the |
| 5485 | backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of |
| 5486 | concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of |
| 5487 | connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of |
| 5488 | additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application. |
| 5489 | Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is |
| 5490 | congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a |
| 5491 | denial of service attack. |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 | - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on |
| 5494 | the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's |
| 5495 | configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal |
| 5496 | to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a |
| 5497 | lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that |
| 5498 | there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response |
| 5499 | time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means |
| 5500 | that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to |
| 5501 | be processed than on other servers. |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 | - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session |
| 5504 | when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a |
| 5505 | server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted. |
| 5506 | Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between |
| 5507 | haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server |
| 5508 | preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be |
| 5509 | prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a |
| 5510 | redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial |
| 5511 | server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the |
| 5512 | connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may |
| 5513 | sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule |
| 5514 | of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count |
| 5515 | should not be attributed to the logged server. |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 | - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 5518 | this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone |
| 5519 | through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate |
| 5520 | server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of |
| 5521 | requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a |
| 5522 | redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be |
| 5523 | cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the |
| 5524 | backend queue unless a redispatch occurs. |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 5527 | this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not |
| 5528 | gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average |
| 5529 | queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when |
| 5530 | divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a |
| 5531 | session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue, |
| 5532 | and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass |
| 5533 | through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch |
| 5534 | occurs. |
| 5535 | |
| 5536 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5537 | 8.2.3. HTTP log format |
| 5538 | ---------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5539 | |
| 5540 | The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It |
| 5541 | is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides |
| 5542 | the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which |
| 5543 | are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually |
| 5544 | emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which |
| 5545 | generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the |
| 5546 | "monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for |
| 5547 | which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5548 | frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" |
| 5549 | is specified in the frontend. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5550 | |
| 5551 | Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may |
| 5552 | slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked |
| 5553 | with a star ('*') after the field name below. |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 | Example : |
| 5556 | frontend http-in |
| 5557 | mode http |
| 5558 | option httplog |
| 5559 | log global |
| 5560 | default_backend bck |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | backend static |
| 5563 | server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000 |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 | >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \ |
| 5566 | haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \ |
| 5567 | static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \ |
| 5568 | {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1" |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | Field Format Extract from the example above |
| 5571 | 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]: |
| 5572 | 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317 |
| 5573 | 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] |
| 5574 | 4 frontend_name http-in |
| 5575 | 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1 |
| 5576 | 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109 |
| 5577 | 7 status_code 200 |
| 5578 | 8 bytes_read* 2750 |
| 5579 | 9 captured_request_cookie - |
| 5580 | 10 captured_response_cookie - |
| 5581 | 11 termination_state ---- |
| 5582 | 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0 |
| 5583 | 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0 |
| 5584 | 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu} |
| 5585 | 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {} |
| 5586 | 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1" |
| 5587 | |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | Detailed fields description : |
| 5590 | - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP |
| 5591 | connection to haproxy. |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 | - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 5594 | |
| 5595 | - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by |
| 5596 | haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on |
| 5597 | the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is |
| 5598 | usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This |
| 5599 | does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not. |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 | - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received |
| 5602 | and processed the connection. |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 | - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected |
| 5605 | to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the |
| 5606 | frontend if no switching rule has been applied. |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 | - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was |
| 5609 | sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors |
| 5610 | and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend |
| 5611 | which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a |
| 5612 | server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was |
| 5613 | intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead. |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send |
| 5616 | a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection |
| 5617 | was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always |
| 5618 | be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large |
| 5619 | times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and |
| 5620 | haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details. |
| 5621 | |
| 5622 | - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues. |
| 5623 | It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue. |
| 5624 | See "Timers" below for more details. |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 | - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to |
| 5627 | establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the |
| 5628 | request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers" |
| 5629 | below for more details. |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 | - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send |
| 5632 | a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was |
| 5633 | aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches |
| 5634 | the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by |
| 5635 | the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on |
| 5636 | "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below |
| 5637 | for more details. |
| 5638 | |
| 5639 | - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the |
| 5640 | last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if |
| 5641 | "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment |
| 5642 | the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value, |
| 5643 | indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more |
| 5644 | details. |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 | - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status |
| 5647 | is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when |
| 5648 | the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy. |
| 5649 | |
| 5650 | - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when |
| 5651 | the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is |
| 5652 | specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that |
| 5653 | the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit |
| 5654 | counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without |
| 5655 | overflowing. |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 | - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that |
| 5658 | the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum |
| 5659 | length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend |
| 5660 | configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not |
| 5661 | set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session |
| 5662 | ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing |
| 5663 | between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult |
| 5664 | the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below. |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 | - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating |
| 5667 | that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name |
| 5668 | and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the |
| 5669 | frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is |
| 5670 | not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track |
| 5671 | session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session |
| 5672 | crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please |
| 5673 | consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below. |
| 5674 | |
| 5675 | - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session |
| 5676 | ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of |
| 5677 | session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP |
| 5678 | logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last |
| 5679 | two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the |
| 5680 | session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See |
| 5681 | below "Session state at disconnection" for more details. |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 | - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when |
| 5684 | the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system |
| 5685 | limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024 |
| 5686 | when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system |
| 5687 | limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5688 | of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5689 | system. |
| 5690 | |
| 5691 | - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when |
| 5692 | the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource |
| 5693 | required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn" |
| 5694 | has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is |
| 5695 | because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be |
| 5696 | caused by a denial of service attack. |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 | - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the |
| 5699 | backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of |
| 5700 | concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of |
| 5701 | connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of |
| 5702 | additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application. |
| 5703 | Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is |
| 5704 | congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a |
| 5705 | denial of service attack. |
| 5706 | |
| 5707 | - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on |
| 5708 | the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's |
| 5709 | configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal |
| 5710 | to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a |
| 5711 | lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that |
| 5712 | there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response |
| 5713 | time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means |
| 5714 | that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be |
| 5715 | processed than on other servers. |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session |
| 5718 | when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a |
| 5719 | server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted. |
| 5720 | Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between |
| 5721 | haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server |
| 5722 | preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be |
| 5723 | prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a |
| 5724 | redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial |
| 5725 | server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the |
| 5726 | connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may |
| 5727 | sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule |
| 5728 | of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count |
| 5729 | should not be attributed to the logged server. |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 | - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 5732 | this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone |
| 5733 | through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate |
| 5734 | server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of |
| 5735 | requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a |
| 5736 | redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be |
| 5737 | cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the |
| 5738 | backend queue unless a redispatch occurs. |
| 5739 | |
| 5740 | - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 5741 | this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not |
| 5742 | gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average |
| 5743 | queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when |
| 5744 | divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a |
| 5745 | session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue, |
| 5746 | and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass |
| 5747 | through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch |
| 5748 | occurs. |
| 5749 | |
| 5750 | - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due |
| 5751 | to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend. |
| 5752 | Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar |
| 5753 | ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a |
| 5754 | shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may |
| 5755 | contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when |
| 5756 | it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and |
| 5757 | cookies" below for more details. |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 | - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response |
| 5760 | due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the |
| 5761 | frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a |
| 5762 | vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, |
| 5763 | causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this |
| 5764 | field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser |
| 5765 | than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers |
| 5766 | and cookies" below for more details. |
| 5767 | |
| 5768 | - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method, |
| 5769 | request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see |
| 5770 | below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last |
| 5771 | field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can |
| 5772 | contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be |
| 5773 | added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is |
| 5774 | huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This |
| 5775 | is the reason why this field must always remain the last one. |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5778 | 8.3. Advanced logging options |
| 5779 | ----------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5780 | |
| 5781 | Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out |
| 5782 | just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few |
| 5783 | options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference |
| 5784 | for more information about their usage. |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5787 | 8.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests |
| 5788 | ------------------------------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5789 | |
| 5790 | It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on |
| 5791 | haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any |
| 5792 | commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete |
| 5793 | monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often |
| 5794 | ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities : |
| 5795 | |
| 5796 | - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often |
| 5797 | desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by |
| 5798 | setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of |
| 5799 | port scans, which may or may not be desired. |
| 5800 | |
| 5801 | - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to |
| 5802 | declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then |
| 5803 | only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be |
| 5804 | logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments |
| 5805 | such as other load-balancers. |
| 5806 | |
| 5807 | - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare |
| 5808 | this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will |
| 5809 | only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged. |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5812 | 8.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate |
| 5813 | ---------------------------------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5814 | |
| 5815 | The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about |
| 5816 | what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions |
| 5817 | or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying |
| 5818 | "option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible, |
| 5819 | just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still |
| 5820 | log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just |
| 5821 | after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported |
| 5822 | is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion |
| 5823 | with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed |
| 5824 | with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger. |
| 5825 | |
| 5826 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5827 | 8.3.3. Raising log level upon errors |
| 5828 | ------------------------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5829 | |
| 5830 | Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs, |
| 5831 | for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option |
| 5832 | "log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts, |
| 5833 | retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level |
| 5834 | raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in |
| 5835 | a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic |
| 5836 | file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if |
| 5837 | you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than |
| 5838 | "notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice". |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5841 | 8.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections |
| 5842 | -------------------------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | c9bd0cc | 2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5843 | |
| 5844 | Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with |
| 5845 | multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping |
| 5846 | them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option |
| 5847 | "dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be |
| 5848 | logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any |
| 5849 | error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too, |
| 5850 | and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged |
| 5851 | too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the |
| 5852 | useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other |
| 5853 | alternative. |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5856 | 8.4. Timing events |
| 5857 | ------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5858 | |
| 5859 | Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are |
| 5860 | reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with |
| 5861 | the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the |
| 5862 | frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP |
| 5863 | mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" : |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time |
| 5866 | elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the |
| 5867 | moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates |
| 5868 | that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when |
| 5869 | the client closes prematurely or times out. |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 | - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It |
| 5872 | accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the |
| 5873 | queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous |
| 5874 | requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching |
| 5875 | the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests. |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time |
| 5878 | elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the |
| 5879 | moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and |
| 5880 | the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the |
| 5881 | connection never established. |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 | - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between |
| 5884 | the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment |
| 5885 | the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request |
| 5886 | processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission. |
| 5887 | It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for |
| 5888 | instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort |
| 5889 | apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust |
| 5890 | too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an |
| 5891 | untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response |
| 5892 | header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout |
| 5893 | stroke before the server managed to process the request. |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 | - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it |
| 5896 | and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap" |
| 5897 | option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is |
| 5898 | prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data |
| 5899 | transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid : |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 | Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr) |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 | Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP |
| 5904 | mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be |
| 5905 | negative. |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 | These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP |
| 5908 | protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure |
| 5909 | that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets |
| 5910 | due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is |
| 5911 | close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a |
| 5912 | session has been aborted on timeout. |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 | Most common cases : |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the |
| 5917 | client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen |
| 5918 | when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may |
| 5919 | happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause. |
| 5920 | Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended, |
| 5921 | haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time |
| 5922 | spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing |
| 5923 | of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of |
| 5924 | a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new |
| 5925 | connections have been accepted at once. |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the |
| 5928 | server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should |
| 5929 | always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens |
| 5930 | of ms on remote networks. |
| 5931 | |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5932 | - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem |
| 5933 | to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost |
| 5934 | between the proxy and the server. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5935 | |
| 5936 | - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because |
| 5937 | neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for |
| 5938 | instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order |
| 5939 | to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on |
| 5940 | either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that |
| 5941 | the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to |
| 5942 | close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the |
| 5943 | smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with |
| 5944 | the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent |
| 5945 | to the server until another one is released. |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) : |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 | Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log |
| 5950 | was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid |
| 5951 | except "Tt" which is shorter than reality. |
| 5952 | |
| 5953 | -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time |
| 5954 | or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags |
| 5955 | then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings. |
| 5956 | |
| 5957 | Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because |
| 5958 | servers were out of order, because the request was invalid |
| 5959 | or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination |
| 5960 | flags. |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 | Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it |
| 5963 | actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms. |
| 5964 | Check the session termination flags, then check the |
| 5965 | "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might |
| 5966 | return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time |
| 5967 | the client connection was maintained open. |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 | Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return |
| 5970 | a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion |
| 5971 | unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session |
| 5972 | termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting. |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5975 | 8.5. Session state at disconnection |
| 5976 | ----------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5977 | |
| 5978 | TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the |
| 5979 | "termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is |
| 5980 | 2-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode, |
| 5981 | each of which has a special meaning : |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 | - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the |
| 5984 | session to terminate : |
| 5985 | |
| 5986 | C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client. |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 | S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the |
| 5989 | server explicitly refused it. |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 | P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a |
| 5992 | connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched, |
| 5993 | because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous |
| 5994 | error in server response which might have caused information leak |
| 5995 | (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by |
| 5996 | the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...). |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 | R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source |
| 5999 | ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and |
| 6000 | system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this |
| 6001 | happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which |
| 6002 | should be fixed as soon as possible by any means. |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 | I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check. |
| 6005 | This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log |
| 6006 | containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It |
| 6007 | would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an |
| 6008 | event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption. |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to |
| 6011 | send or receive data. |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 | s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to |
| 6014 | send or receive data. |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed |
| 6017 | with nothing left in the buffers. |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 | - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed : |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client |
| 6022 | (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server. |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 | Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can |
| 6025 | only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can |
| 6026 | also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to |
| 6027 | a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is |
| 6028 | reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server. |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the |
| 6031 | server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt. |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 | H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the |
| 6034 | server (HTTP only). |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 | D : the session was in the DATA phase. |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 | L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the |
| 6039 | server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only |
| 6040 | happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets. |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 | T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client |
| 6043 | during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client |
| 6044 | closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer. |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | - : normal session completion after end of data transfer. |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 | - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by |
| 6049 | the client (only in HTTP mode) : |
| 6050 | |
| 6051 | N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new |
| 6052 | visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the |
| 6053 | logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation. |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 | I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server. |
| 6056 | This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed |
| 6057 | cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack. |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN, |
| 6060 | so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to |
| 6061 | this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to |
| 6062 | another server. |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 | V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated |
| 6065 | server. |
| 6066 | |
| 6067 | - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration). |
| 6068 | |
| 6069 | - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence |
| 6070 | cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) : |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 | N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either. |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 | I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one. |
| 6075 | Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie, |
| 6076 | it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here. |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 | P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is. |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 | R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which |
| 6081 | happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes. |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 | D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy. |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration). |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 | The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was |
| 6088 | happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be |
| 6089 | helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource |
| 6090 | starvation, attacks, etc... |
| 6091 | |
| 6092 | The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are |
| 6093 | alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for |
| 6094 | easier finding and understanding. |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 | Flags Reason |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | -- Normal termination. |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the |
| 6101 | server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently |
| 6102 | dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is |
| 6103 | waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire. |
| 6104 | |
| 6105 | CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be |
| 6106 | caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the |
| 6107 | client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection, |
| 6108 | by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a |
| 6109 | keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first |
| 6110 | by the client. |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 | cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the |
| 6113 | "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on |
| 6114 | the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly. |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 | CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding. |
| 6117 | It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client |
| 6118 | clicking the 'Stop' button too fast. |
| 6119 | |
| 6120 | cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a |
| 6121 | POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values |
| 6122 | for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can |
| 6123 | also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and |
| 6124 | the server takes too long to respond. |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server |
| 6127 | with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the |
| 6128 | servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too |
| 6129 | long a time to respond. |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely |
| 6132 | the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted |
| 6133 | too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this |
| 6134 | might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy |
| 6135 | and the client. |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP |
| 6138 | request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the |
| 6139 | client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized |
| 6140 | packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast |
| 6141 | enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the |
| 6142 | request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here. |
| 6143 | |
| 6144 | CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to |
| 6145 | check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no |
Willy Tarreau | 55165fe | 2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6146 | wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it |
| 6147 | might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something |
| 6148 | closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume |
| 6149 | resources for just a few attackers. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6150 | |
| 6151 | SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused |
| 6152 | the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message |
| 6153 | in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network |
| 6154 | stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route, |
| 6155 | or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode, |
| 6156 | the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here. |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 | sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could |
| 6159 | complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a |
| 6160 | 503 or 504 here. |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 | SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data |
| 6163 | transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from |
| 6164 | the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while |
| 6165 | exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash |
| 6166 | or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment. |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the |
| 6169 | "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused |
| 6170 | by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls, |
| 6171 | load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained |
| 6172 | between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy. |
| 6173 | |
| 6174 | SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or |
| 6175 | it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at |
| 6176 | this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to |
| 6177 | control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a |
| 6178 | small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application. |
| 6179 | Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection |
| 6180 | between haproxy and the server. |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 | sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its |
| 6183 | response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too |
| 6184 | long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation. |
| 6185 | The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server" |
| 6186 | setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience |
| 6187 | will suffer from these long response times. The only long term |
| 6188 | solution is to fix the application. |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 | sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See |
| 6191 | the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to |
| 6192 | fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in |
| 6193 | short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected |
| 6194 | servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by |
| 6195 | external attacks. |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 | PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the |
| 6198 | process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect. |
| 6199 | The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration |
| 6200 | so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and |
| 6201 | might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand. |
| 6202 | |
| 6203 | PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid, |
| 6204 | incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter. |
| 6205 | In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible |
| 6206 | cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name |
| 6207 | containing unauthorized characters. |
| 6208 | |
| 6209 | PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an |
| 6210 | invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to |
| 6211 | the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it |
| 6212 | returned an HTTP 403 error. |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 | PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its |
| 6215 | connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent |
| 6216 | to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as |
| 6217 | reported by the "Tw" timer field. |
| 6218 | |
| 6219 | RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports) |
| 6220 | preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error |
| 6221 | logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can |
| 6222 | only be solved by proper system tuning. |
| 6223 | |
| 6224 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6225 | 8.6. Non-printable characters |
| 6226 | ----------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6227 | |
| 6228 | In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log |
| 6229 | consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are |
| 6230 | converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code, |
| 6231 | prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without |
| 6232 | being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the |
| 6233 | escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It |
| 6234 | is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and |
| 6235 | '}' when logging headers. |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 | Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause |
| 6238 | issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header |
| 6239 | containing spaces is "User-Agent". |
| 6240 | |
| 6241 | Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape |
| 6242 | the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be |
| 6243 | performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs. |
| 6244 | |
| 6245 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6246 | 8.7. Capturing HTTP cookies |
| 6247 | --------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6248 | |
| 6249 | Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be |
| 6250 | achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6251 | section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6252 | cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in |
| 6253 | the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in |
| 6254 | the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie" |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6255 | locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6256 | not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a |
| 6257 | user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it |
| 6258 | a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a |
| 6259 | wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing. |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | Examples : |
| 6262 | # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION" |
| 6263 | capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32 |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor" |
| 6266 | capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32 |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6269 | 8.8. Capturing HTTP headers |
| 6270 | --------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6271 | |
| 6272 | Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper |
| 6273 | proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In |
| 6274 | the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the |
| 6275 | server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection. |
| 6276 | |
| 6277 | Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture |
| 6278 | response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6279 | section 4.2 for more details. |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6280 | |
| 6281 | It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same |
| 6282 | time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header |
| 6283 | appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers |
| 6284 | are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared, |
| 6285 | and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers |
| 6286 | follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the |
| 6287 | request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request |
| 6288 | in the logs. |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 | Example : |
| 6291 | # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy |
| 6292 | listen proxy-out |
| 6293 | mode http |
| 6294 | option httplog |
| 6295 | option logasap |
| 6296 | log global |
| 6297 | server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128 |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | # log the name of the virtual server |
| 6300 | capture request header Host len 20 |
| 6301 | |
| 6302 | # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST |
| 6303 | capture request header Content-Length len 10 |
| 6304 | |
| 6305 | # log the beginning of the referrer |
| 6306 | capture request header Referer len 20 |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 | # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only) |
| 6309 | capture response header Server len 20 |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 | # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap" |
| 6312 | capture response header Content-Length len 10 |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | # log the expected cache behaviour on the response |
| 6315 | capture response header Cache-Control len 8 |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 | # the Via header will report the next proxy's name |
| 6318 | capture response header Via len 20 |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 | # log the URL location during a redirection |
| 6321 | capture response header Location len 20 |
| 6322 | |
| 6323 | >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \ |
| 6324 | haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \ |
| 6325 | proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 6326 | {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \ |
| 6327 | "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/" |
| 6328 | |
| 6329 | >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \ |
| 6330 | haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \ |
| 6331 | proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 6332 | {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \ |
| 6333 | "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1" |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \ |
| 6336 | haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \ |
| 6337 | proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 6338 | {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \ |
| 6339 | {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \ |
| 6340 | "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1" |
| 6341 | |
| 6342 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6343 | 8.9. Examples of logs |
| 6344 | --------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6345 | |
| 6346 | These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of |
| 6347 | them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better |
| 6348 | reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them. |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \ |
| 6351 | px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \ |
| 6352 | "HEAD / HTTP/1.0" |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 | => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied |
| 6355 | in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----') |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \ |
| 6358 | px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \ |
| 6359 | 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0" |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other |
| 6362 | requests, and waited there for 1230 ms. |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \ |
| 6365 | px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \ |
| 6366 | "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0" |
| 6367 | |
| 6368 | => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so |
| 6369 | the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in |
| 6370 | 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from |
| 6371 | accept to first data byte is 30 ms. |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \ |
| 6374 | px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 6375 | "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0" |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or |
| 6378 | "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and |
| 6379 | not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which |
| 6380 | risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502 |
| 6381 | bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided |
| 6382 | to return the 502 and not the server. |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 | >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \ |
| 6385 | px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 "" |
| 6386 | |
| 6387 | => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after |
| 6388 | 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--"). |
| 6389 | Nothing was sent to any server. |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 | >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \ |
| 6392 | px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 "" |
| 6393 | |
| 6394 | => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the |
| 6395 | time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request |
| 6396 | headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could |
| 6397 | send a 408 return code to the client. |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \ |
| 6400 | px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 |
| 6401 | |
| 6402 | => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after |
| 6403 | 5 seconds ("c----"). |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 | >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \ |
| 6406 | px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \ |
| 6407 | 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0" |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6410 | connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6411 | (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have |
| 6412 | seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115 |
| 6413 | connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on |
| 6414 | the global process. It is possible that the server refused the |
| 6415 | connection because of too many already established. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6416 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6417 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6418 | 9. Statistics and monitoring |
| 6419 | ---------------------------- |
| 6420 | |
| 6421 | It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used |
| 6422 | mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative |
| 6423 | CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the |
| 6424 | Unix socket. |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 | 9.1. CSV format |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6428 | --------------- |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6429 | |
Willy Tarreau | 7f062c4 | 2009-03-05 18:43:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6430 | The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP |
| 6431 | page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow. |
| 6432 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6433 | 0. pxname: proxy name |
| 6434 | 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name |
| 6435 | for server) |
| 6436 | 2. qcur: current queued requests |
| 6437 | 3. qmax: max queued requests |
| 6438 | 4. scur: current sessions |
| 6439 | 5. smax: max sessions |
| 6440 | 6. slim: sessions limit |
| 6441 | 7. stot: total sessions |
| 6442 | 8. bin: bytes in |
| 6443 | 9. bout: bytes out |
| 6444 | 10. dreq: denied requests |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6445 | 11. dresp: denied responses |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6446 | 12. ereq: request errors |
| 6447 | 13. econ: connection errors |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6448 | 14. eresp: response errors |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6449 | 15. wretr: retries (warning) |
| 6450 | 16. wredis: redispatches (warning) |
| 6451 | 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...) |
| 6452 | 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend) |
| 6453 | 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend) |
| 6454 | 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend) |
| 6455 | 21. chkfail: number of failed checks |
| 6456 | 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions |
| 6457 | 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds) |
| 6458 | 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds) |
| 6459 | 25. qlimit: queue limit |
| 6460 | 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...) |
| 6461 | 27. iid: unique proxy id |
| 6462 | 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy) |
| 6463 | 29. throttle: warm up status |
| 6464 | 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected |
| 6465 | 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled |
| 6466 | 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server) |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | db57c6b | 2009-08-31 21:23:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6467 | 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second |
| 6468 | 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second |
| 6469 | 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 0960541 | 2009-09-23 22:09:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6470 | 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of: |
| 6471 | UNK -> unknown |
| 6472 | INI -> initializing |
| 6473 | SOCKERR -> socket error |
| 6474 | L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled |
| 6475 | L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout |
| 6476 | L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused" |
| 6477 | (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp) |
| 6478 | L6OK -> check passed on layer 6 |
| 6479 | L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout |
| 6480 | L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error |
| 6481 | L7OK -> check passed on layer 7 |
| 6482 | L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with |
| 6483 | disable-on-404 |
| 6484 | L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout |
| 6485 | L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error |
| 6486 | L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx |
| 6487 | 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available |
| 6488 | 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6489 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6490 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6491 | 9.2. Unix Socket commands |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6492 | ------------------------- |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6493 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6494 | The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6495 | must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it |
| 6496 | is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by |
| 6497 | a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no |
| 6498 | risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be |
| 6499 | followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a |
| 6500 | given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed |
| 6501 | then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines |
| 6502 | to be issued one at a time. |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6503 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6504 | It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started |
| 6505 | on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its |
| 6506 | own stats. |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6507 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6508 | help |
| 6509 | Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen |
| 6510 | is also displayed for unknown commands. |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6511 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6512 | prompt |
| 6513 | Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive |
| 6514 | mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command |
| 6515 | completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that |
| 6516 | the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right |
| 6517 | angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient |
| 6518 | when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors. |
| 6519 | It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help" |
| 6520 | command. |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | quit |
| 6523 | Close the connection when in interactive mode. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6524 | |
Willy Tarreau | e0c8a1a | 2009-03-04 16:33:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6525 | show errors [<iid>] |
| 6526 | Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and |
| 6527 | backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning |
| 6528 | either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 | The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors |
| 6531 | caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header |
| 6532 | names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the |
| 6533 | protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was |
| 6534 | detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the |
| 6535 | internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session |
| 6536 | are reported too. |
| 6537 | |
| 6538 | All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The |
| 6539 | most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one |
| 6540 | letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to |
| 6541 | avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where |
| 6542 | NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII |
| 6543 | code. |
| 6544 | |
| 6545 | Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0 |
| 6546 | for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line, |
| 6547 | and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that |
| 6548 | the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a |
| 6549 | line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset |
| 6550 | will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous |
| 6551 | line. |
| 6552 | |
| 6553 | Example : |
| 6554 | >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1 |
| 6555 | [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response |
| 6556 | src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1) |
| 6557 | response length 213 bytes, error at position 23: |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n |
| 6560 | 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n |
| 6561 | 00038 Location: blah\r\n |
| 6562 | 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b |
| 6563 | 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer, |
| 6564 | 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter |
| 6565 | 00204+ minal\r\n |
| 6566 | 00211 \r\n |
| 6567 | |
Willy Tarreau | c57f0e2 | 2009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6568 | In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal |
Willy Tarreau | e0c8a1a | 2009-03-04 16:33:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6569 | ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal |
| 6570 | ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and |
| 6571 | received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was |
| 6572 | 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This |
| 6573 | is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid |
| 6574 | HTTP character for a header name. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6575 | |
Willy Tarreau | 9a42c0d | 2009-09-22 19:31:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6576 | show info |
| 6577 | Dump info about haproxy status on current process. |
| 6578 | |
| 6579 | show sess |
| 6580 | Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can |
| 6581 | be huge. |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 | show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>] |
| 6584 | Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is |
| 6585 | possible to dump only selected items : |
| 6586 | - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything |
| 6587 | - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for |
| 6588 | backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed, |
| 6589 | for example: |
| 6590 | 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend. |
| 6591 | 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server. |
| 6592 | - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy. |
| 6593 | |
| 6594 | Example : |
| 6595 | >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1 |
| 6596 | Name: HAProxy |
| 6597 | Version: 1.4-dev2-49 |
| 6598 | Release_date: 2009/09/23 |
| 6599 | Nbproc: 1 |
| 6600 | Process_num: 1 |
| 6601 | (...) |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 | # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...) |
| 6604 | stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...) |
| 6605 | stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...) |
| 6606 | (...) |
| 6607 | www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...) |
| 6608 | |
| 6609 | $ |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find |
| 6612 | which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty |
| 6613 | line after the information output which marks the end of the first block. |
| 6614 | A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that |
| 6615 | the reader knows the output has not been trucated. |
| 6616 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6617 | /* |
| 6618 | * Local variables: |
| 6619 | * fill-column: 79 |
| 6620 | * End: |
| 6621 | */ |